Quarterlytics / Technology / Semiconductors / Kulicke and Soffa Industries

Kulicke and Soffa Industries

klic · NASDAQ Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker klic
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Technology
Industry Semiconductors
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2004 Annual Report · Kulicke and Soffa Industries
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Five Year Review 

Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 

2000 

2001 

2002 

2003 

2004 

$(000) except per share data 

Statement of Operations Data: 
Net sales from continuing operations 
Research and development expense, net 
Interest income (expense), net 
Net income (loss) 

Net Income (Loss) Per Share: 
Basic 
Diluted 

Average Shares Outstanding (000)  
Basic 
Diluted 

Balance Sheet Data: 
Working Capital 
Property, plant and equipment, net 
Total assets 
Long-term debt 
Shareholders' equity  

Other Selected Data: 
Current ratio 
Capital expenditures 
Depreciation amortization expense 
Total shares outstanding (000)  
Number of employees 

$877,632 
$49,602 
$4,782 
$103,245 

$2.15 
$1.90 

47,932 
56,496 

$471,338 
$83,867 
$731,502 
$175,000 
$405,342 

4.73/1 
$38,304 
$24,260 
48,716 
2,805 

$518,382 
$61,370 
$(5,542) 
$(65,251) 

$441,565 
$51,929 
$(14,941) 
$(274,115) 

$(1.34) 
$(1.34) 

48,877 
48,877 

$265,355 
$127,952 
$777,426 
$301,511 
$338,547 

3.30/1 
$48,636 
$53,849 
49,034 
3,710 

$(5.57) 
$(5.57) 

49,217 
49,217 

$159,813 
$89,742 
$538,682 
$300,393 
$69,323 

2.35/1 
$20,385 
$44,315 
49,414 
3,297 

$477,935 
$38,121 
$(16,491) 
$(76,689) 

$(1.54) 
$(1.54) 

49,695 
49,695 

$132,628 
$54,439 
$442,861 
$300,338 
$97 

2.31/1 
$10,975 
$37,852 
50,092 
3,169 

$717,811 
$34,611 
$(9,357) 
$55,880 

$1.10 
$0.89 

50,746 
68,582 

$193,450 
$51,434 
$487,682 
$275,725 
$67,020 

2.94/1 
$13,405 
$30,678 
$51,162 
3,294 

The Company has recorded significant charges and asset write-downs in the periods presented above. In addition, in fiscal 2001 the 
Company purchased Cerprobe Corporation and Probe Technology Corporation for approximately $290 million and formed its test 
interconnect business segment. For a complete understanding of the charges, assets write-downs  and the effects of the acquisitions, 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis (Item 7) and the Company’s Consolidated ’s Financial Statements and Notes (Item 8) of the attached 
Form 10-K must be read. 

PER SHARE PRICE OF COMMON STOCK 

Traded on the NASDAQ National Market System, NASDAQ Symbol-KLIC 
Fiscal Year 

   2001 

   2002 

   2000 
High

Low 
$22.63 $11.50 
19.59 
19.94 
13.12 

43.66
40.31
33.12

1st Quarter 
2nd Quarter 
3rd Quarter 
4th Quarter 

High 
  $15.38 
  17.00 
  18.70 
  18.30 

Low 
$9.00 
11.00 
11.25 
8.16 

High 
  $18.97 
21.65 
21.67 
12.93 

Low  

$9.78
14.32
10.65
2.85

   2003 
High 
$6.74 
7.59 
8.00 
13.25 

$1.91
4.39
4.61
5.99

   2004 

Low  

High 

 $17.20 
  16.72 
  12.80 
  10.95 

Low 
$10.83 
10.51 
9.61 
4.80 

The Company has not paid dividends since the 3rd Quarter of 1985.       At December 13, 2004, there were 532 shareholders of record. 

In addition to historical information, this report contains statements relating to future events or our future results.  These statements are 
forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Act of 1934 and 
are subject to the safe harbor provisions created by these statutes.  See Item 1. “Business” and Item 7. “Management’s Analysis of Financial 
Condition and Results of Operations” of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2004 for a discussion of 
important factors that could cause actual results to differ significantly from those expressed or implied by forward-looking statements contained 
in this report. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
To Our Shareholders 

2004 was a good year for Kulicke 

•  We supported a broad 

and Soffa, with the Company 

returning to profitability, with 

earnings of $.89 cents per fully 

product development program 

with new offerings in almost 

every major product line 

diluted share, and generating $71 

scheduled for release in 2005.  

million in cash from operations.  

We believe these new 

Certainly part of this performance is 

products will both expand our 

attributable to a cyclical peak in the 

served markets as well as 

semiconductor industry, but we 

increase our share in our 

believe the Company’s actions were 

traditional businesses. 

equally important.  In last year’s 

•  We refinanced our long-term 

shareholder letter, I concluded that 

“technology leadership is always 

good, and cost containment never 

bad.”  That philosophy – coupling 

technology leadership with cost 

management – was our marching 

order in 2004, driving solid 

improvement in the Company.  For 

instance: 

•  On the strength of the 

performance of the Maxum 

Plus automatic ball bonder, 

we increased our leading 

market share in the wire 

bonder business. 

debt, and along the way, 

retired about 10% of it.  The 

net result of all this will be a 

lowering of annual interest 

expense from about $17 

million a year in 2003 to under 

$4 million in 2005. 

•  We continued the 

consolidation of our many test 

manufacturing facilities, 

including starting up 

manufacture of probe cards in 

China, further lowering our 

cost base. 

•  Our materials business had a 

These sorts of activities tell a 

great year, with the Company 

solid story of technology 

maintaining its leading 

developments driving market 

position in the bonding tool 

penetration, which when coupled 

market, and expanding share 

with cost management, drives 

in the bonding wire market. 

financial performance.  We’re proud 

 
of what we accomplished in 2004, 

capacity and inventory and 

and are understandably frustrated by 

discretionary spending appropriately. 

the fact that the question we’re most 

For us, the cycle is a fact of life.  The 

frequently asked is “where are we in 

cycle has turned down, and sooner 

the cycle?” 

or later it will turn back up.  With all 

the hand wringing about the cycle, 

For some of you, the cyclicality of 

it’s easy to lose track of the steps 

the semiconductor business is a 

we’re taking to drive longer term 

major factor in your investment 

revenue growth and improved 

decision making processes, and for 

financial performance. 

better or worse, K&S, and especially 

our wire bonder business, is 

Many of those steps are cost 

perceived to be an industry 

related.  We’re in the middle of a 

bellwether.  Our wire bonder sales 

series of structural changes that will 

peaked about half way through the 

continue to lower our cost structure.  

fiscal year, and have been heading 

This includes, for instance, 

towards what appears to be 

completing our previously 

traditional cyclical lows in bonder 

announced shared service center in 

sales, which we expect to hit later 

Malaysia in order to trim G&A 

this winter.  This is consistent with 

expenses.  It also means taking the 

published data suggesting that the 

next steps in consolidating our test 

rate of IC unit volume growth is 

manufacturing operations in fewer, 

slowing, and for both seasonal and 

bigger factories, and especially in 

cyclical reasons, may level off, or 

our Chinese factory.   

decline somewhat over the winter. 

But the most important steps 

Industry commentators argue 

are those product development 

about whether we’re experiencing a 

activities that will bear fruit in the 

“downturn” or just a “slowdown”, but 

next upturn and beyond.  Remember 

for K&S there’s no real difference; 

that the upturn will roughly coincide 

we are reacting to short term 

with the volume ramp of 90-

revenue swings by adjusting 

nanometer wafer fab technology.   

 
 
 
 
Our customers will be demanding 

then get those products to market in 

new levels of capability in all our 

an efficient and cost effective way.  

products, capability that will enable 

We did a lot of that in 2004, and had 

higher performance and/or lower 

a good year.  We plan to do a lot 

costs for their products.  After all, 

more of it in 2005, and expect to 

that’s what drives ongoing 

reap rewards when the industry, 

semiconductor, and electronic 

inevitably, swings back into its next 

growth.  So we’ve got a new wire 

growth phase, and beyond. 

C. Scott Kulicke 

Chairman & Chief Executive Officer 

December 21, 2004 

bonder in development, along with 

capillaries and wire all designed to 

enable our customers packaging 

roadmaps.  On the test side of our 

business, we’re building prototype 

probe cards for both memory and 

high performance logic chips, and 

are also working on next-generation 

contactor technology for test 

sockets.  In every one of those 

cases, we believe we can push the 

state-of-the-art and either expand 

our served markets or gain 

incremental share.  And the resulting 

revenue growth, coupled with our 

ongoing focus on cost, ought to drive 

improved financial performance. 

While the semiconductor 

cycle is a constant presence in our 

industry, it doesn’t dictate winners or 

losers.  Success goes to those 

companies that best turn R&D 

budgets into useful products, and 

 
 
 
 
 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C.  20549 

FORM 10-K 

     [X]  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES 

EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934  
For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2004 

OR 

     [  ]  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES 

EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934  

For the transition period from ______ to ______. 

. 

Commission file number 0-121 
KULICKE AND SOFFA INDUSTRIES, INC. 

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter) 

PENNSYLVANIA 
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation) 

23-1498399 
(IRS Employer 
Identification No.) 

2101 BLAIR MILL ROAD WILLOW GROVE, PENNSYLVANIA 19090 
(Address of  principal executive offices) 

Registrants telephone number including area code (215) 784-6000 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

None 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: 

COMMON STOCK, WITHOUT PAR VALUE 
(Title of Class) 

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  (1)  has  filed  all  reports  required  to  be  filed  by  Section  13  or  15(d)  of  the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to 
file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.   
Yes  [X]    No      

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and 
will not be contained, to the best of the registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by 
reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  [X] 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  
Yes [X]   No  

The aggregate market value of the registrant's common stock (its only voting stock and common equity) held by non-affiliates 
of the registrant as of March 31, 2004 was approximately $585,200,000. (Reference is made to Part II, Item 5 herein for a 
statement of assumptions upon which this calculation is based). 

As of December 6, 2004, there were 51,321,049 shares of the registrant's common stock, without par value, outstanding.  

Documents Incorporated by Reference 

Portions of the registrant's Proxy Statement for the 2005 Annual Shareholders' Meeting to be filed on or about January 3, 2005 
are incorporated by reference into Part III, Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14 of this Report. Such Proxy Statement, except for the 
parts  therein  which  have  been  specifically  incorporated  by  reference,  shall  not  be  deemed  "filed"  for  the  purposes  of  this 
Report on Form 10-K. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
[This page intentionally left blank] 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
KULICKE AND SOFFA INDUSTRIES, INC. 
2004 Annual Report on Form 10-K 

Table of Contents 

Part I 

Item 1. 

Business 

Item 2. 

Properties 

Item 3. 

Legal Proceedings  

Item 4. 

Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders 

Part II 

Item 5. 

  Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters 

and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 

Item 6. 

Selected Financial Data 

Item 7. 

  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

Item 7A. 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 

Item 8. 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

Item 9. 

Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 

Item 9A.  

Controls and Procedures 

Item 9B.   

Other Information 

Part III 

Item 10.   

Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant 

Item 11. 

Executive Compensation 

Item 12. 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management  

Item 13. 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions 

Item 14. 

Principal Accountant Fees and Services  

Part IV 

Item 15. 

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules 

Page 

2  

9  

10  

10  

10  

11 

14-51  

51  

51-84 

84  

84 

84

85 

85  

85

86 

86  

86  

1 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART I 

In  addition  to  historical  information,  this  filing  contains  statements  relating  to  future  events  or  our  future  results.  These 
statements are forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the 
“Securities  Act”)  and  Section  21E  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended  (the  “Exchange  Act”),  and  are 
subject  to  the  safe  harbor  provisions  created  by  statute.  Such  forward-looking  statements  include,  but  are  not  limited  to, 
statements  that relate to our future revenue,  product development, demand forecasts, competitiveness, operating expenses, 
cash flows, profitability, gross margins, and benefits expected as a result of:  

• 

• 
• 

the  projected  growth  rates  in  the  overall  semiconductor  industry,  the  semiconductor  assembly  equipment 
market,  the market for semiconductor packaging materials and the market for test interconnect solutions; 
the successful operation of our test interconnect business and its expected growth rate; and 
the projected continuing demand for wire bonders. 

Generally,  words  such  as  “may,”  “will,”  “should,”  “could,”  “anticipate,”  “expect,”  “intend,”  “estimate,”  “plan,” 
“continue,” and “believe,” or the negative of or other variations on these and other similar expressions identify forward-
looking  statements. These  forward-looking  statements  are  made  only  as  of  the  date  of  this  filing. We  do  not  undertake  to 
update or revise the forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. 

Forward-looking  statements  are  based  on  current  expectations  and  involve  risks  and  uncertainties  and  our  future  results 
could differ significantly from those expressed or implied by our forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties 
include, without limitation, those described under Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and 
Results of Operations. In light of these and other uncertainties, you should not conclude that we will necessarily achieve any 
plans or objectives or projected financial results referred to in any forward-looking statements.  

Item 1.  BUSINESS. 

We  design,  manufacture  and  market  capital  equipment,  packaging  materials  and  test  interconnect  products  as  well  as 
service, maintain, repair and upgrade equipment, all used to assemble and/or test semiconductor devices. We are currently 
the world's leading supplier of semiconductor wire bonding assembly equipment, according to VLSI Research, Inc. Our 
business is currently divided into three product segments: 

equipment; 
packaging materials; and 

• 
• 
•  wafer and package test interconnect products. 

We completed the divestiture of our former advanced packaging technologies segment in February 2004. 

Our  goal  is  to  be  both  the  technology  leader  and  the  lowest  cost  supplier  in  each  of  our  major  lines  of  business.  We 
believe  we  are  the  only  major  supplier  to  the  semiconductor  assembly  industry  that  can  provide  customers  with 
semiconductor wire bonding equipment along with the complementary packaging materials and test interconnect products 
that actually contact the surface of the customer’s semiconductor devices. We believe that the ability to control all of these 
assembly related products provides us with a significant competitive advantage, and should allow us to develop system 
solutions to the new technology challenges inherent in assembling and packaging next-generation semiconductor devices.  

The  semiconductor  industry  has  been  historically  volatile,  with  periods  of  rapid  growth  followed  by  downturns.  In 
response  to  recent  downturns,  we  shifted  our  strategy,  focusing  on  our  larger,  more  established  product  lines,  and 
divesting or discontinuing smaller or more speculative businesses. Additionally, we continuously seek to further reduce 
our  cost  structure  by  moving  operations  to  lower  cost  areas,  moving  away  from  non-core  businesses,  and  increasing 
productivity.  We  believe  the  historical  volatility  of  the  semiconductor  industry—both  upward  and  downward—will 
persist.  

Kulicke  and  Soffa  Industries,  Inc.  was  incorporated  in  Pennsylvania  in  1956.  Our  principal  offices  are  located  at  2101 
Blair Mill Road, Willow Grove, Pennsylvania 19090 and our telephone number is (215) 784-6000. We maintain a website 
with  the  address  www.kns.com.    We  are  not  including  the  information  contained  on  our  website  as  a  part  of,  or 
incorporating  it  by  reference into,  this filing.   We  make  available  free of  charge (other  than  an  investor’s own  Internet 
access  charges)  on  or  through  our  website  our  annual  report  on  Form  10-K,  quarterly  reports  on  Form  10-Q,  current 

2 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
reports  on  Form  8-K,  and  all  amendments  to  these  reports,  as  soon  as  reasonably  practicable  after  the  material  is 
electronically filed with or otherwise furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission. 

Products and Services 

We  offer  a  range  of  wire  bonding  equipment  and  spare  parts,  packaging  materials,  and  test  interconnect  products.  Set 
forth below is a table listing the net sales from continuing operations for each business segment for our fiscal years ended 
September 30, 2002, 2003, and 2004: 

Equipment
Packaging materials
Test interconnect
Other(2)

(in thousands)

             Fiscal Year Ended September 30,

2002

2003(1)

2004

Net Sales
$     
169,469
157,176
114,698
222
441,565

$     

Net Sales
$   
198,447
174,471
104,882
135
477,935

$  

Net Sales
$    
361,244
234,690
121,877
-
717,811

$   

(1)  In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003, we sold the assets related to the saw and hard material blade businesses that were 
part of the equipment segment and packaging materials segment, respectively. Those businesses together had fiscal 2003 
net sales of $11.3 million. 
(2) Comprised of sales associated with our substrate business that was closed in fiscal 2002.   

Our  equipment  sales  are  highly  volatile,  based  on  the  semiconductor  industry’s  need  for  new  capability  and  capacity, 
whereas  packaging  materials  and  test  interconnect  sales  in  general  tend  to  be  more  stable,  following  the  trend  of  total 
semiconductor unit production.  

See Note 13 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for financial results by business segment and sales by geographic 
location. 

Equipment 

We manufacture and market a line of wire bonders, which are used to connect very fine wires, typically made of gold, 
aluminum or copper, between the bond pads of a semiconductor die and the leads on the integrated circuit (IC) package to 
which the die has been attached. We believe that our wire bonders offer competitive advantages by providing customers 
with high productivity/throughput and superior package quality/process control. In particular, our machines are capable of 
performing very fine pitch bonding as well as creating the sophisticated wire loop shapes that are needed in the assembly 
of advanced semiconductor packages.  Our principal products are:  

Ball Bonders.  Automatic IC ball bonders represent a large majority of our semiconductor equipment business. As 
part of our competitive strategy, we have been introducing new models of IC ball bonders every 15 to 24 months, 
with each new model designed to increase both productivity and process capability compared to its predecessor. In 
May 2002, we began marketing the Maxum ™ IC ball bonder, which offered up to 20% more productivity than its 
predecessor.  In  the  second  quarter  of  fiscal  2004,  we  began  shipping  the  Maxum  Plus  ™  to  customers  offering 
further  productivity  increases,  as  well  as  process  capability  improvements.  In  addition,  in  January  of  2003,  we 
began shipping the Nu-Tek ™ , a new automatic wire bonder optimized for low lead count ICs and discrete device 
applications, which are both segments of the market where we had not previously participated.  

Specialty  Wire  Bonders.  We  also  produce  other  models  of  wire  bonders,  targeted  at  specific  market  niches, 
including: the Model 8098, a large area ball bonder designed for wire bonding hybrid, chip on board, and other 
large  area  applications;  the  WaferPRO  Plus™  ,  for  wafer  level  bumping  for  area  array  applications;  the  Triton 
RDA ™ , a wedge bonder designed for ribbon bonding; and the Model 8090, a large area wedge bonder. We also 
manufacture and market a line of manual wire bonders. 

3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
     
      
       
     
      
              
            
              
We  believe  that  our  industry  knowledge  and  technical  experience  have  positioned  us  to  deliver  innovative,  customer-
specific  offerings  that  reduce  the  cost  of  owning  our  equipment  over  its  useful  life.  In  response  to  customer  trends  in 
outsourcing  packaging  requirements,  we  provide  repair  and  maintenance  services,  a  variety  of  equipment  upgrades, 
machine and component rebuild activities and expanded customer training through our customer operations group.  

Packaging Materials 

We manufacture and market a range of semiconductor packaging materials and expendable tools for the semiconductor 
assembly market, including very fine gold, aluminum and copper wire, capillaries, wedges, die collets and saw blades, all 
of which are used in packaging and assembly processes. Our packaging materials are designed for use on both our own 
and our competitors’ assembly equipment.  A wire bonder uses a capillary or wedge tool and bonding wire much like a 
sewing machine uses a needle and thread. Our principal products are:  

Bonding  Wire.  We  manufacture  very  fine  gold,  aluminum  and  copper  wire  used  in  the  wire  bonding  process. 
This wire is bonded to the chip surface and package substrate by the wire bonder and becomes a permanent part 
of the customer’s semiconductor package. We produce wire to a wide range of specifications, which can satisfy 
most wire bonding applications across the spectrum of semiconductor packages.  

Expendable Tools. Our expendable tools include a wide variety of capillaries, wedges, die collets and wafer saw 
blades. The capillaries and wedges actually attach the wire to the semiconductor chip, allow a precise amount of 
wire to be fed out to form a permanent wire loop, then attach the wire to the package substrate, and finally cut the 
wire  so  that  the  bonding  process  can  be  repeated  again.  Die  collets  are  used  to  pick  up  and  place  die  into 
packages before the wire bonding process begins. Our hub blades are used to cut silicon wafers into individual 
semiconductor die.  

Test Interconnect  

We offer a broad range of fixtures used to temporarily contact a semiconductor device while it is still in the wafer format 
(wafer probing), thereby providing electrical connections to automatic test equipment. We also offer test sockets used to 
test the final semiconductor package (package or final testing). Our principal test interconnect products are:  

Probe cards. Probe cards consist of complex, multilayer printed circuit boards (PCB) upon which are attached 
numerous probe needles designed to make temporary contact to each of the bond pads or bumps on a die while 
the die is still in a wafer format, providing electrical connections to automatic test equipment.  

Automatic  Test  Equipment  (ATE)  interface  assemblies.  ATE  interface  assemblies  typically  consist  of  electro-
mechanical assemblies, electrical contactors and intricate multilayer PCBs, which mechanically and electrically 
connect  to  the  ATE  test  prober  and  carry  electrical  signals  to  a  probe  card,  and  ultimately  the  semiconductor 
device under test.  

Test  sockets.  Test  sockets  hold  packaged  semiconductor  devices  while  making  electrical  connections  to  their 
leads through spring loaded contacts.  

Changes in the design of a semiconductor device often require changes in the probe card, test socket and, in certain cases, 
the ATE interface assembly used to test that semiconductor. Customers generally purchase new versions of these custom-
designed products each time there is a design change in the semiconductor being tested. Changes in semiconductor design 
and processes drive improvements in test interconnect technology in order to support significant increases in the number 
and density of bond pads or leads being tested and the speed of the electrical signals being tested.  

Customers 

Our  major  customers  include  large  semiconductor  manufacturers  and  their  subcontract  assemblers  and  vertically 
integrated manufacturers of electronic systems. Customers may vary from year-to-year based on their capital investment 
and operating expense budgets.  

4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The chart below shows our top ten end-use customers, based on net sales, for each of the last three fiscal years:  

Fiscal 2002 

1. Advanced Semiconductor  
    Engineering * 
2. ST Microelectronics  
3. Siliconware Precision Industries    3. Intel  
4. Intel  
5. Texas Instruments  
6. Infineon Technologies  
7. Amkor Technologies  
8. National Semiconductor  
9. Samsung  
10. Philips Electronics  

 Fiscal 2003 
 1. Advanced Semiconductor  
    Engineering*  
 2. ST Microelectronics  

 4. Amkor Technologies  
 5. Texas Instruments  
 6. Infineon Technologies  
 7. National Semiconductor  
 8. Philips Electronics  
 9. ST Assembly Test  
 10. Siliconware Precision Industries  

Fiscal 2004 
1. Advanced Semiconductor  
    Engineering* 
2. ST Microelectronics 
3. Texas Instruments 
4. Intel 
5. Siliconware Precision Industries 
6. Spansion 
7. National Semiconductor 
8. ST Assembly Test 
9. Infineon Technologies 
10. Amkor Technologies 

* Accounted for more than 10% of total fiscal year net sales. 

We  believe  that  developing  long-term  relationships  with  our  customers  is  critical  to  our  success.  By  establishing  these 
relationships  with  semiconductor  manufacturers,  semiconductor  subcontract  assemblers,  and  vertically  integrated 
manufacturers  of  electronic  systems,  we  gain  insight  into  our  customers’  future  IC  packaging  strategies.  This  insight 
assists us in our efforts to develop material, equipment and process solutions that address our customers’ future assembly 
requirements.  

International Operations 

We  sell  our  products  to  semiconductor  manufacturers,  semiconductor  subcontract  assemblers,  and  vertically  integrated 
manufacturers  of  electronic  systems,  which  are  primarily  located  in  or  have  operations  in  the  Asia/Pacific  region. 
Approximately 86% of our fiscal 2004 net sales, 80% of our fiscal 2003 net sales, and 74% of our fiscal 2002 net sales 
were for delivery to customer locations outside of the United States. The majority of these foreign sales were destined for 
customer  locations  in  the  Asia/Pacific  region,  including  Taiwan,  Malaysia,  Singapore,  Korea,  Japan,  China  and  the 
Philippines. We expect sales outside of the United States to continue to represent a majority of our future revenues.  

A  majority  of  our  manufacturing  operations  also  are  in  countries  other  than  the  U.S.,  including  major  manufacturing 
operations located in Singapore, Israel, and China and other smaller facilities in France, Japan, Scotland, Switzerland and 
Taiwan. Risks associated with our international operations include risks of foreign currency and foreign financial market 
fluctuations,  international  exchange  restrictions,  changing  political  conditions  and  monetary  policies  of  foreign 
governments, terrorism, war, civil disturbances, expropriation, and other events that may limit or disrupt markets. 

Sales and Customer Support 

We believe that providing comprehensive worldwide sales, service, training and support are important competitive factors 
in the semiconductor equipment industry, and we manage these functions through our global customer operations group. 
Some of these operations are focused on wire bonders and packaging materials, and others focus on test related products. 
We rely on a combination of a direct sales force, manufacturers’ representatives and distributors for the sale of our various 
product lines. In order to support our customers whose semiconductor assembly operations are located primarily outside 
of the United States, we have sales, service, and support personnel based in China, Hong Kong, Japan, Korea, Malaysia, 
the Philippines, Singapore, Taiwan and Europe, and applications labs in Singapore, Japan, Israel, Taiwan, and Germany. 
We provide timely customer service and support by positioning our service representatives and spare parts near customer 
facilities,  and  afford  customers  the  ability  to  place  orders  locally  and  to  deal  with  service  and  support  personnel  who 
speak the customer’s language and are familiar with local country practices.  

Backlog  

At September 30, 2004, we had a backlog of customer orders totaling $59.7 million, compared to $104.0 million at June 
30,  2004  and  $59.9  million  at  September  30,  2003.  Our  backlog  consists  of  customer  orders  which  are  scheduled  for 

5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
shipment within 12 months. Virtually all orders are subject to cancellation, deferral or rescheduling by the customer with 
limited or no penalties. Because of the possibility of customer changes in delivery schedules or cancellations and potential 
delays in product shipments, our backlog as of any particular date may not be indicative of revenues for any succeeding 
quarterly period.  For example, on August 10, 2004, we announced that discussions with customers indicated a general 
slowing in the rate of semiconductor growth.  As a result, some of these customers requested that we delay the shipment 
of wire bonders previously ordered and included in our backlog of customer orders at June 30, 2004. 

Manufacturing 

The  Company  believes  excellence  in  manufacturing  can  create  a  competitive  advantage,  both  through  lower  costs  and 
superior  responsiveness.  In  order  to  achieve  these  goals,  we  manage  our  manufacturing  operations  through  a  single 
organization  and  are  trending  to  fewer,  larger  factories  to  take  advantage  of  economies  of  scale  and  the  cost  savings 
available in low labor cost areas.  

Equipment. Our equipment manufacturing activities consist primarily of integrating outsourced parts and subassemblies, 
and testing the finished product to customer specifications. During fiscal 2004, most of our equipment manufacturing took 
place in Singapore, with a small number of machines built in Willow Grove, Pennsylvania. We believe the outsourcing 
model  enables  us  to  minimize  our  fixed  costs  and  capital  expenditures  and  focus  on  product  differentiation  through 
technology  innovations  in  system  design  and  manufacturing  quality  control.  Just-in-time  inventory  management  has 
reduced  our  manufacturing  cycle  times  and  reduced  our  on-hand  inventory  requirements.  We  have  received  ISO  9001 
certification for our equipment manufacturing facility in Singapore. 

Packaging Materials. We manufacture expendable tools at facilities in Yokneam, Israel and Suzhou, China, and bonding 
wire  at  facilities  in  Singapore  and  Thalwil,  Switzerland.  We  manufacture  blades  for  wafer  sawing  in  Santa  Clara, 
California.  Our  bonding  wire  facility  in  Switzerland  has  received  ISO  9001  certification;  our  bonding  wire  facility  in 
Singapore  has  received  QS9000  and  ISO  14001  certifications;  our  blade  facility  in  California  has  received  ISO  9002 
certification; our bonding tools facility in Yokneam, Israel has received ISO 9001 and ISO 14001 certifications; and our 
bonding tools facility in Suzhou, China has received ISO 9001 and ISO 14001 certifications.  

Test Interconnect Products. We manufacture test probe cards in various facilities located in: Gilbert, Arizona; Hayward 
and San Jose, California; Hsin Chu, Taiwan; East Kilbride, Scotland; Singapore; Suzhou, China; and Corbeil, France.  We 
manufacture ATE interface assemblies in Gilbert, Arizona and test sockets in Hayward, California and Singapore. As part 
of our ongoing cost reduction activities, we sold our ATE test board fabrication assets in Dallas, Texas in the third quarter 
of fiscal 2003 and moved to an outsource strategy for these components, and in fiscal 2004 we closed a test manufacturing 
facility in Meyreuil, France.  

Research and Product Development  

Many  of  our  customers  generate  technology  roadmaps  describing  the  future  manufacturing  capability  requirements 
needed to support their product development plans. Our research and product development activities are organized so that 
our  products  anticipate  our  customers’  requirements.  This  can  happen  either  through  continuous  improvement  of  our 
existing  products,  including  upgrades  for  products  already  installed  in  customers’  facilities,  or  through  the  creation  of 
next-generation  products.  Examples  of  our  continuous  improvement  strategy  include  the  Nutek  and  Maxum  Plus  wire 
bonders  mentioned  above  –  both  improvements  of  the  Maxum  –  our  advanced  epoxy  line  of  probe  cards,  and  our 
DuraCap line of bonding tools. Major next-generation development is underway for our wire bonder, probe card and test 
socket product lines. Whether we proceed via continuous improvement, or via next-generation technology development, 
our goal is technology leadership in each of our major product lines.  

Our net expenditures for research and development totaled approximately $34.6 million, $38.1 million, and $51.9 million 
during our fiscal years ended September 30, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.  

Competition 

The  market  for  semiconductor  equipment,  packaging  materials,  and  test  interconnect  products  is  intensely  competitive. 
Significant  competitive  factors  in  the  semiconductor  equipment  market  include  price,  as  well  as  speed/throughput, 

6 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
production yield, and customer support, each of which contribute to lower the overall cost per package being manufactured. 
Our major equipment competitors include: 

•  Wire bonders: ASM Pacific Technology and Shinkawa  

Significant competitive factors in the semiconductor packaging materials industry include performance, price, delivery, 
product life, and quality. Our significant packaging materials’ competitors include: 

•  Bonding tools: Gaiser Tool Co., Small Precision Tools, Inc. and PECO  

•  Saw blades: Disco Corporation  

•  Bonding wire: Tanaka Electronic Industries, Sumitomo Metal Mining, Heraeus, and Nippon Metal. 

Our test products face competition from a few large international firms as well as many small regional firms.  Significant 
competitive factors in the test interconnect industry include performance, price, delivery time, product life, and quality. 
Our significant competitors include: 

•  Wafer test: FormFactor, Inc., Japan Electronic Materials, and Micronics Japan Company 

•  Package test: Everett Charles, Synergetix, Johnstech International, Enplas Semiconductor  

In  each  of  the  markets  we  serve,  we  face  competition  and  the  threat  of  competition  from  established  competitors  and 
potential new entrants, some of which have greater financial, engineering, manufacturing and marketing resources than 
we  have.  Some  of  our  competitors  are  Asian  and  European  companies  that  have  had  and  may  continue  to  have  an 
advantage over us in supplying products to local customers because many of these customers appear to prefer to purchase 
from local suppliers, without regard to other considerations.  

Intellectual Property  

Where circumstances warrant, we seek to obtain patents on inventions governing new products and processes developed 
as part of our ongoing research, engineering and manufacturing activities. We currently hold a number of United States 
patents, some of which have foreign counterparts. We believe that the duration of our patents generally exceeds the life 
cycles of the technologies disclosed and claimed in the patents. We believe that our portfolio of patents will have more 
value in the future but that our success will depend primarily on our engineering, manufacturing, marketing and service 
skills.  

In addition, we believe that much of our important technology resides in our trade secrets and proprietary software. As 
long as we rely on trade secrets and unpatented knowledge, including software, to maintain our competitive position, we 
cannot  assure  you  that  competitors  may  not  independently  develop  similar  technologies  and  possibly  obtain  patents 
containing claims applicable to our products and processes. Our ability to defend ourselves against these claims may be 
limited. In addition, although we execute non-disclosure and non-competition agreements with certain of our employees, 
customers,  consultants,  selected  vendors  and  others,  there  is  no  assurance  that  such  secrecy  agreements  will  not  be 
breached, or that they can be enforced.  

Environmental Matters  

We  are  subject  to  various  federal,  state,  local  and  foreign  laws  and  regulations  governing,  among  other  things,  the 
generation, storage, use, emission, discharge, transportation and disposal of hazardous materials and the health and safety 
of our employees. In addition, we are subject to environmental laws which may require investigation and cleanup of any 
contamination at facilities we own or operate or at third party waste disposal sites we use or have used. These laws could 
impose liability upon us even if we did not know of, or were not responsible for, the contamination.  

We have in the past and will in the future incur costs to comply with environmental laws. We are not, however, currently 
aware of any costs or liabilities relating to environmental matters, including any claims or actions under environmental 
laws or obligations to perform any cleanups at any of our facilities or any third party waste disposal sites, that we expect 

7 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
to  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial  condition  or  operating  results.  It  is  possible,  however,  that 
material environmental costs or liabilities may arise in the future.  

Employees 

At  September  30,  2004,  we  had  3,186  permanent  employees  and  108  temporary  and  contract  workers  worldwide.  The 
only  employees  represented  by  a  labor  union  are  the  bonding  wire  employees  in  Singapore.  Generally,  we  believe  our 
employee  relations  to  be  good.  Competition  in  the  recruiting  of  personnel  in  the  semiconductor  and  semiconductor 
equipment industry is intense, particularly with respect to engineering. We believe that our future success will depend in 
part on our continued ability to hire and retain qualified management, marketing and technical employees.  

Executive Officers of the Company 

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the executive officers of the Company as of September 30, 2004. 
Our executive officers are appointed by and serve at the discretion of the Board of Directors. 

Name 
C. Scott Kulicke 
Charles Salmons 
Jagdish (Jack) G. Belani 
Maurice E. Carson 
Bruce Griffing 
Oded Lendner 

Age 
55 
49 
51 
47 
54 
44 

First  Became 
an Officer 
(calendar year) 
1976 
1992 
1999 
2003 
2004 
1996 

Position 

  Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer 
  Senior Vice President, Wafer Test 
  Vice President of Wire Bonding and Corporate Marketing 
  Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 
  Vice President, Engineering 
  Vice President, Package Test 

C.  Scott  Kulicke  has  been  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  our  Company  since  1979  and  Chairman  of  the  Board  of 
Directors since 1984. His present term as a director expires in 2007. He first became an officer of the Company in 1976 
and has held a number of executive positions with us since that time.  

Charles Salmons holds the position of Senior Vice President, Wafer Test. He was appointed to this position in November 
2004. He was appointed Senior Vice President, Product Development in September 2002. He joined us in 1978, and has 
held  positions  of  increasing  responsibility  throughout  the  accounting,  engineering  and  manufacturing  organization.  Mr. 
Salmons first became an officer of the Company in 1992, and in 1994, he became Vice President of Operations and was 
named  General  Manager,  Wire  Bonder  Operations  in  1998.  He  was  appointed  Senior  Vice  President,  Customer 
Operations in 1999.  

Jack G. Belani holds the position of Vice President of Wire Bonding and Corporate Marketing. He was appointed to this 
position in November 2004. Before this, he was Vice President of all the Business Units and Marketing and prior to that 
he was President of the Wire Bonding Division and before that President of XLAM which was our high density substrate 
group. He became an officer of the Company upon joining us in April 1999 as Vice President and President of our high 
density substrate group. Before joining us, he served for more than three years in the Worldwide Manufacturing Group of 
Cypress Semiconductor Corporation where he was Vice President of Assembly and Packaging when he left to join K&S. 
Before Cypress, he was with National Semiconductor Corporation for approximately 18 years in a variety of technical and 
managerial  positions  and  one  year  with  Advanced  Micro  Devices  as  a  Bipolar  Memory  Wafer  Fabrication  Process 
Development Engineer. 

Maurice E. Carson holds the position of Vice President, Chief Financial Officer. He was appointed to this position when 
he joined us in September 2003. From 1996 until he joined us in 2003, Mr. Carson served in various finance positions 
culminating  as  the  Vice  President,  Finance  and  Corporate  Controller  for  Cypress  Semiconductor  Corporation.  Before 
Cypress he was with Ephigraphx as the Chief Operating Officer.  

Bruce Griffing holds the position of Vice President, Engineering. He was appointed to this position when he joined us in 
September  2004.  From  2001-2003  Dr.  Griffing  served  as  Vice  President  and  Chief  Technology  Officer  of  DuPont 

8 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Photomask,  a  company  that  provides  microimaging  solutions.  Before  DuPont  Photomask,  Dr.  Griffing  worked  for 
General Electric from 1979-2001, serving as a Laboratory Manager from 1986 to 2001. Dr. Griffing received his Ph.D in 
Physics from Purdue University in 1979.  

Oded Lendner holds the position of Vice President, Package Test. He was appointed to this position in November 2004.  
He was appointed to the position of Vice President, World Wide Operations in January 2002. Before this he was President 
of our Microelectronics division for one year. He joined our Israeli subsidiary in 1989 and has held positions of increasing 
responsibility  throughout  our  manufacturing  organization,  and  was  named  Deputy  Managing  Director,  Operations  in 
Israel in 1993. He relocated to the United States and first became an officer of the Company in 1996 as the Vice President, 
Operations  for  the  Equipment  group.  In  1999,  he  became  Vice  President,  Ball  Bonder  Business  unit  and  Managing 
Director of K&S Singapore.  

Item 2.  PROPERTIES.  

Our major operating facilities are described in the table below: 

Facility 

Willow Grove, 
  Pennsylvania 

Approximate 
Size 

220,000 sq.ft. (1) 

Function 

Corp. headquarters, 
manufacturing, technology 
center, sales and service 

Products 
Manufactured 

Lease 
Expiration 
Date 

  Wedge, large area 

  May 2006 

bonders  

Suzhou, China 

134,700 sq.ft. (1) 

  Manufacturing 

Capillaries, probe cards 

  October 2007 

Singapore 

84,800 sq.ft. (1) 

  Manufacturing, technology 
center, assembly systems 

  Wire bonders, probe 

  August 2005 

cards 

Gilbert, Arizona 

83,000 sq.ft.(1) 

  Manufacturing, sales and 

service 

Yokneam, Israel 

53,800 sq.ft. (2) 

  Manufacturing, technology 

center 

Probe cards, ATE 
interface assemblies 

  May 2012  

Capillaries, wedges, die 
collets  

  N/A 

Singapore 

38,400 sq.ft. (1) 

  Manufacturing 

Bonding wire 

  May 2006 

Hsin Chu, Taiwan 

36,800 sq.ft (1) 

  Manufacturing 

Probe cards 

July 2007 

Hayward, California 

35,900 sq.ft. (1) 

  Manufacturing, sales and 

Test sockets, contactors 

September 2005 

service 

San Jose, California 

34,100 sq.ft. (1) 

  Manufacturing, sales and 

Probe cards 

  August 2007 

service 

Thalwil, Switzerland 

15,100 sq.ft. (1) 

  Manufacturing 

Bonding wire 

(3) 

(1)   Leased.  
(2)   Owned.  
(3)   Cancelable semi-annually upon six months notice.  

We also rent space for sales and service offices in: Santa Clara, California; Southbury, Connecticut; Austin, Texas; China; 
Germany; Hong Kong; Japan; Korea; Malaysia; the Philippines; Taiwan; and Thailand and operate smaller manufacturing 
facilities in Santa Clara, California; France; and Scotland. We believe that our facilities generally are in good condition.  

9 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
 
Item 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS. 

From time to time, we are a plaintiff or defendant in various cases arising out of our business. We cannot assure you of the 
results of any pending or future litigation, but we do not believe that resolution of these matters will materially and adversely 
affect our business, financial condition or operating results. 

Item 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS. 

None. 

PART II 

Item 5.  MARKET  FOR  REGISTRANT'S  COMMON  EQUITY,    RELATED  STOCKHOLDER  MATTERS AND 

ISSUERS REPURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES. 

Our common stock is traded on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol ''KLIC.'' The following table lists the high 
and low per share sale prices for our common stock for the periods indicated: 

Year ended September 30, 2004: 
       First Quarter 
       Second Quarter 
       Third Quarter 
       Fourth Quarter 

Year ended September 30, 2003: 
       First Quarter 
       Second Quarter 
       Third Quarter 
       Fourth Quarter 

 Common Stock Price  

 High  

 Low  

 $     17.20 
 $     16.72 
 $     12.80 
 $     10.95 

 $     10.83 
 $     10.51 
 $       9.61 
 $       4.80 

 $       6.74 
 $       7.59 
 $       8.00 
 $     13.25 

 $       1.91 
 $       4.39 
 $       4.61 
 $       5.99 

The payment of dividends on our common stock is within the discretion of our board of directors. We have not historically 
paid any cash dividends on our common stock, including during the past two fiscal years, and we do not expect to declare 
cash dividends on our common stock in the near future. We intend to retain earnings to finance the growth of our business 
and/or pay down debt.  

For the purposes of calculating the aggregate market value of the shares of our common stock held by nonaffiliates, as shown 
on the cover page of this report, we have assumed that all of our outstanding shares were held by nonaffiliates except for the 
shares held by our directors and executive officers. However, this does not necessarily mean that all directors and executive 
officers of the Company are, in fact, affiliates of the Company, or that there are not other persons who may be deemed to be 
affiliates of the Company. Further information concerning the beneficial ownership of our executive officers, directors and 
principal shareholders will be included in our proxy statement relating to our 2005 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be 
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  

On December 6, 2004, there were 534 holders of record of the shares of outstanding common stock.  

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities: 

During the last fiscal year, except as otherwise disclosed on our current reports on Form 8-K, we have not sold any of our 
securities without registration under the Securities Act, except as described below: 

10 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
On  June  15,  2004,  we  issued  and  contributed  140,000  shares  of  our  common  stock  with  a  fair  value  of  $1,479,800  to 
Reliance Trust Company, as Trustee of our pension plan, in a private placement under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. We 
contributed and issued the shares of our common stock to the trust to fund certain obligations to the pension plan. 

On  January  13,  2004,  we  issued  and  contributed  90,000  shares  of  our  common  stock  with  a  fair  value  of  $1,344,600  to 
Reliance Trust Company, as Trustee of our pension plan, in a private placement under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. We 
contributed and issued the shares of our common stock to the trust to fund certain obligations to the pension plan. 

Item 6: SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA. 

The following selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements, 
related notes and other financial information included herein and incorporated herein by reference. 

Statement of Operations Data:
Net sales:
     Equipment
     Packaging materials
     Test 
     Corporate and other (1)

          Total net sales
Cost of goods sold:
     Equipment
     Packaging materials
     Test 
     Corporate and other (1)

          Total cost of goods sold (2)
Operating expenses: 
     Equipment 
     Packaging materials
     Test
     Corporate and other(1)

           Total operating expenses  (2)
Income (loss) from operations:
     Equipment
     Packaging materials
     Test
     Corporate and other (1)

Income (loss) from continuing operations (2)

Interest income(expense),net                                        
Equity in loss of joint venture (3)
Charge on early extinguishment of debt
Other income and minority interest
Income(loss) from continuing operations before taxes and
  cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
Provision (benefit) for income taxes from continuing operations(4)

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax (2)(5)
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of tax
Net income(loss)
Addback:
  Goodwill amortization, net of tax (9)
Pro forma net income (loss) (9)

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

                           Fiscal Years Ended September 30,                       

2000

2001

2002

2003

2004

$ 

692,062
185,570
-
-
877,632

419,732
130,548
-
-
550,280

120,244
32,876
-
29,380
182,500

152,086
22,146
-
(29,380)
144,852
4,782
(1,221)
-
-

148,413
41,712

(3,456)
-
103,245

$ 

249,952
150,945
116,890
595
518,382

166,359
110,570
84,401
-
361,330

105,609
31,088
66,148
34,234
237,079

(22,016)
9,287
(33,659)
(33,639)
(80,027)
(5,542)
-
-
8,022

(77,547)
(21,468)

(1,009)
(8,163)
(65,251)

$    

169,469
157,176
114,698
222
441,565

$   

198,447
174,471
104,882
135
477,935

$  

361,244
234,690
121,877
-
717,811

142,965
118,080
79,686
14
340,745

91,966
32,578
130,077
66,883
321,504

(65,462)
6,518
(95,065)
(66,675)
(220,684)
(14,941)
-
-
2,010

(233,615)
32,561

(7,939)
-
(274,115)

129,092
132,779
87,856
-
349,727

71,678
26,684
44,218
15,539
158,119

(2,323)
15,008
(27,192)
(15,404)
(29,911)
(16,491)
-
-
-

(46,402)
7,594

(22,693)
-
(76,689)

208,862
182,658
95,286
-
486,806

59,071
21,942
48,107
17,940
147,060

93,311
30,090
(21,516)
(17,940)
83,945
(9,357)
-
(10,510)
-

64,078
7,386

(812)
-
55,880

1,873
105,118

$

9,587
(55,664)

$ 

-
(274,115)

$ 

-
(76,689)

$    

-
55,880

$   

11 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
      
     
    
           
   
      
     
    
           
          
             
            
            
   
   
      
     
    
   
   
      
     
    
   
   
      
     
    
           
     
        
       
      
           
           
               
             
            
   
   
      
     
    
   
   
        
       
      
     
     
        
       
      
           
     
      
       
      
     
     
        
       
      
   
   
      
     
    
   
    
      
        
      
     
       
          
       
      
           
    
      
      
     
    
    
      
      
     
   
    
    
      
      
       
      
      
      
       
      
           
             
             
            
           
           
             
             
     
           
       
          
             
            
   
    
    
      
      
     
        
      
      
        
      
          
           
      
             
             
            
   
    
    
      
      
       
       
             
             
            
Income (loss) from continuing  operations before 

 cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

 per share: (6)

    Basic

    Diluted

Discontinued operations, net of tax per share: (6)

    Basic

    Diluted

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle,

 net of tax per share: (6)

    Basic

    Diluted

Net income (loss) per share: (6)

    Basic

    Diluted

Goodwill amortization, net of tax per share: (6) (9)

    Basic

    Diluted

Pro forma net income (loss) per share: (6) (9)

    Basic

    Diluted

Shares used in per common share calculations:(6)
     Basic
     Diluted

Balance Sheet Data:
Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments
Working capital
Total assets
Long-term debt (7) (8)
Shareholders’ equity

(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Fiscal Years Ended September 30,

2000

2001

2002

2003

2004

$       

2.23

$       

1.96

$      

(1.15)

$      

(1.15)

$       

(5.41)

$       

(1.09)

$       

(5.41)

$       

(1.09)

$       

1.12

$       

0.90

$      

(0.07)

$      

(0.06)

$      

(0.02)

$      

(0.02)

$       

(0.16)

$       

(0.46)

$       

(0.16)

$       

(0.46)

$      

(0.02)

$      

(0.01)

$         
-

$         
-

$      

(0.17)

$      

(0.17)

$          
-

$          
-

$          
-

$          
-

$         
-

$         
-

$       

2.15

$       

1.90

$      

(1.34)

$      

(1.34)

$       

(5.57)

$       

(1.54)

$       

(5.57)

$       

(1.54)

$       

1.10

$       

0.89

$       

0.04

$       

0.03

$       

0.20

$       

0.20

$          
-

$          
-

$          
-

$          
-

$         
-

$         
-

$       

2.19

$       

1.93

$      

(1.14)

$      

(1.14)

$       

(5.57)

$       

(1.54)

$       

(5.57)

$       

(1.54)

$       

1.10

$       

0.89

47,932
56,496

48,877
48,877

49,217
49,217

49,695
49,695

50,746
68,582

$ 

316,619
471,338
731,502
175,000
405,342

$ 

202,928
265,355
777,426
301,511
338,547

$  

111,300
159,813
538,682
300,393
69,323

$    

73,051
125,829
442,861
300,338
97

$   

95,766
193,450
487,682
275,725
67,020

(1)  Corporate and other included the sales and expenses from the Company’s former high density substrate business and 

corporate activities. 

(2)  During  fiscal  2004,  we  recorded  the  following  charges  as  operating  expenses  in  continuing  operations:  severance       
charges  of  $4.5  million;  asset  impairment  charge  of  $3.3  million;  China  start-up  costs  of  $1.6  million;  inventory 
writedowns of $1.5 million; and a reversal of prior year resizing charges of $68 thousand. We also recorded a gain on the 
sale of assets of $1.0 million within fiscal 2004 operating expenses. 

  During fiscal 2003, we recorded the following charges as operating expenses in continuing operations: loss on sale of 
product  lines  of  $5.3  million  and  asset  impairment  of  $3.6  million  of  which  $1.7  million  was  associated  with  the 

12 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
      
      
     
     
     
      
      
     
   
   
    
    
   
   
   
    
    
   
   
   
    
    
   
   
   
      
             
     
discontinuation of a test product, $1.2 million was due to the reduction in size of a test facility in Dallas, Texas, and 
$730 thousand resulted from the write-down of assets that were sold and assets that became obsolete, $5.2 million of 
severance associated with workforce reductions; and charges for inventory write-downs of $5.1 million (to costs of 
goods  sold).  We  recorded  the  following  charges  in  discontinued  operations:  asset  impairment  of  $6.9  million 
associated  with  the  write-down  of  the  assets  of  our  flip  chip  business  unit  to  realizable  value  and  goodwill 
impairment of $5.7 million associated with our former flip chip reporting unit. 

During fiscal 2002, we recorded the following charges as operating expenses: goodwill impairment of $74.3 million 
associated  with  our  test  and  hub  blade  business  units;  asset  impairment  of  $31.6  million  primarily  due  to  the 
cancellation of a company-wide integrated information system, the closure of our high density interconnect substrate 
business and the write-off of development and license costs of certain engineering and manufacturing software; $19.7 
million of resizing charges comprised primarily of severance and contractual commitments associated with reductions 
in workforce and our closed and consolidated businesses; and $5.0 million of severance associated with workforce 
reductions in our continuing businesses. In fiscal 2002, we also recorded charges for inventory write-downs of $14.4 
million (to costs of goods sold), $5.2 million of which was due to the discontinuance of a product. 

During  the  first  quarter  of  fiscal  2001,  we  purchased  all  the  outstanding  stock  of  Cerprobe  Corporation  and  Probe 
Technology Corporation. As a result of these acquisitions, during the year ended September 30, 2001, we recorded a 
pre-tax  charge  of  approximately  $11.7  million  for  the  write-off  of  in-process  research  and  development.  We  also 
recorded charges of $19.9 million (to costs of goods sold) for inventory write-downs, $4.2 million for severance for 
the elimination of 511 positions and other related charges associated with a resizing of our workforce, $800 thousand 
for asset impairment charges, and non-recurring other income of $8.0 million as the result of an insurance settlement. 
In  fiscal 2001,  we  also  adopted  SAB 101, resulting  in  a  cumulative  effect  of  an  accounting  change  charge of $8.2 
million, net of tax. Additionally, cost of goods sold for the year ended September 30, 2001 includes $4.2 million of 
acquisition related inventory step-up costs.  

       In fiscal 2000, operating expense included the write-off of our investment in our Advanced Polymer Solutions joint 
venture in the amount of $3.9 million and the reversal into income of $2.5 million of the severance reserve that we 
established  in  fiscal  1999  for  the  elimination  of  approximately  230  positions  associated  with  the  relocation  of  our 
automatic ball bonder manufacturing from the United States to Singapore.  

(3)  Equity in loss of joint ventures consists of our share of the loss of Advanced Polymer Solutions, LLC, a 50% owned 

joint venture which has been dissolved. 

(4)    In  fiscal  2004,  we  reversed  $11.2  million  of  valuation  allowance  associated  with  our  U.S.  net  operating  loss 
carryforward  deferred  tax  asset.  In  fiscal  2003,  we  recorded  a  valuation  allowance  against  our  deferred  tax  asset 
consisting primarily of U.S. net operating loss carryforwards of $12.1 million. In fiscal 2002 we recorded a valuation 
allowance against our deferred tax asset consisting primarily of U.S. net operating loss carryforwards of $65.3 million 
and a charge of $25.0 million to provide for tax expense on repatriation of certain foreign earnings. 

(5)  Reflects the operations of the Company’s former flip chip business unit which was sold in February 2004. 

(6)  On June 26, 2000, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a two-for-one stock split of our common stock. The 
additional shares were distributed on July 31, 2000. All prior period earnings per share amounts have been restated to 
reflect the two-for-one stock split. For fiscal years 2001, 2002 and 2003, only the common shares outstanding have 
been used to calculate both the basic earnings per common share and diluted earnings per common share because the 
inclusion of potential common shares would be anti-dilutive due to the net losses reported in those years. The after-
tax interest expense recognized in fiscal 2000 and 2004 associated with our convertible subordinated notes that was 
added  back  to  net  income  in  order  to  compute  diluted  net  income  per  share  was  $4.3  million  and  $5.2  million, 
respectively. 

(7)  Does not include letters of credit. 

(8)  In August 2001, we issued $125.0 million in principal amount of 5 1/4 % Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2006, 
which  we  redeemed  in  their  entirety  in  August  2004.  In  December  1999,  we  issued  $175.0  million  in  principal 

13 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
amount of 4.75% Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2006, which we redeemed in their entirety in December 2003. 
In December 2003, we issued $205.0 million in principal amount of 0.5% Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2008, 
and in June 2004, we issued $65.0 million in principal amount of 1% Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2010. 

(9)  Reflects pro-forma results as if the adoption of SFAS 142 Goodwill and Intangible Assets had occurred at October 1, 
1999. The adjustments reflect an add-back of the amortization expense related to goodwill, net of tax, which would 
not have occurred under the provisions of the standard. As part of the adoption of SFAS 142, there were no indefinite 
lived intangibles identified, and there was no change to the estimated useful lives of existing intangible assets. 

Item 7.      MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND  

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS. 

In  addition  to  historical  information,  this  filing  contains  statements  relating  to  future  events  or  our  future  results.  These 
statements are forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the 
“Securities  Act”)  and  Section  21E  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended  (the  “Exchange  Act”),  and  are 
subject  to  the  safe  harbor  provisions  created  by  statute.  Such  forward-looking  statements  include,  but  are  not  limited  to, 
statements  that relate to our future revenue,  product development, demand forecasts, competitiveness, operating expenses, 
cash flows, profitability, gross margins, and benefits expected as a result of:  

• 

• 
• 

the  projected  growth  rates  in  the  overall  semiconductor  industry,  the  semiconductor  assembly  equipment 
market,  the market for semiconductor packaging materials and the market for test interconnect solutions; 
the successful operation of our test interconnect business and its expected growth rate; and 
the projected continuing demand for wire bonders. 

Generally,  words  such  as  “may,”  “will,”  “should,”  “could,”  “anticipate,”  “expect,”  “intend,”  “estimate,”  “plan,” 
“continue,” and “believe,” or the negative of or other variations on these and other similar expressions identify forward-
looking  statements. These  forward-looking  statements  are  made  only  as  of  the  date  of  this  filing. We  do  not  undertake  to 
update or revise the forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. 

Forward-looking  statements  are  based  on  current  expectations  and  involve  risks  and  uncertainties  and  our  future  results 
could differ significantly from those expressed or implied by our forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties 
include,  without  limitation,  those  described  below  and  under  the  heading  “Risk  Factors”  within  this  section  and  in  our  
reports and registration statements filed from time  to time with the Securities and Exchange Commission. This discussion 
should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes in this report.  

Introduction 

We  design,  manufacture  and  market  capital  equipment,  packaging  materials  and  test  interconnect  products  as  well  as 
service, maintain, repair and upgrade equipment, all used to assemble or test semiconductor devices. We are currently the 
world’s  leading  supplier  of  semiconductor  wire  bonding  assembly  equipment,  according  to  VLSI  Research,  Inc.  Our 
business is currently divided into three product segments:  

equipment;  
packaging materials; and 

• 
• 
•  wafer and package test interconnect products. 

We  believe  we  are  the  only  major  supplier  to  the  semiconductor  assembly  industry  that  can  provide  customers  with 
semiconductor wire bonding equipment along with the complementary packaging materials and test interconnect products 
that actually contact the surface of the customer’s semiconductor devices. We believe that the ability to control all of these 
assembly  related  products  provides  us  with  a  significant  competitive  advantage  and  should  allow us  to  develop  system 
solutions to the new technology challenges inherent in assembling and packaging next-generation semiconductor devices.  

In  the  March  2004  quarter,  we  sold  the  remaining  assets  of  our  advanced  packaging  technologies  segment,  which 
consisted  solely  of  our  flip  chip business unit  which  licensed  flip  chip technology  and provided  flip  chip bumping  and 
wafer level packaging services. As a result, we have reflected the flip chip business unit as a discontinued operation and 

14 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
have not included the results of its operations in our revenues and expenses from continuing operations as reported in our 
financial  statements  or  in  this  discussion  of  our  results  of  operations.  We  have  reclassified  our  prior  period  financial 
statements to coincide with the current year presentation.  

The semiconductor industry historically has been volatile, with periods of rapid growth followed by downturns. One such 
downturn started in fiscal 2001 and persisted throughout most of fiscal 2003. The industry recovered from this downturn 
in  late  fiscal  2003  through  the  first  three  quarters  of  fiscal  2004.    As  a  result  of  the  industry  recovery  throughout  the 
majority of fiscal 2004 and our continuing efforts to reduce our operating expenses and manage our business, we achieved 
the following in fiscal 2004: 

•  Net sales increased 50.2% to $717.8 million 
•  SG&A and R&D expenses decreased by $4.6 million 
•  Long  term  notes  were  refinanced  resulting  in:  a  $13.2  million  reduction  in  annualized  cash  interest  expense 
($7.0 million in fiscal 2004); a $30 million reduction in our long term notes and; an extension of the maturity 
date of the long term notes.  

•  Generated net income of $55.9 million 
•  Generated $71.3 million of cash from operating activities 

While we achieved the above positive results in fiscal 2004, in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2004 we experienced a 24.2% 
fall-off  in  sales  compared  to  our  third  quarter.    Based  on  declining  order  activity  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  2004, 
customer indications and other factors we believe that the semiconductor industry entered a downturn. There can be no 
assurances regarding levels of demand for our products, and in any case, we believe the historical volatility – both upward 
and downward – will persist. 

During the industry downturn from fiscal 2001 through most of fiscal 2003, we incurred significant resizing charges to 
scale down the size of our business and consolidated operations. Even after implementing these formal resizing plans (see 
Note 3 to our Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements), we have continued to lower our cost structure by further 
consolidating operations, moving certain of our manufacturing capacity to China, moving a portion of our supply chain to 
lower cost suppliers and designing better but lower cost equipment. Cost reduction efforts have become an important part 
of our normal ongoing operations and we believe this will drive down our cost structure below current levels, while not 
diminishing our product quality. However, we expect to incur additional quarterly charges such as severance and facility 
closing costs as a result of these long-term cost reduction programs. Our goal is to be both the technology leader, and the 
lowest cost supplier in each of our major lines of business. 

We reported a loss from operations of our test business segment of $21.5 million in fiscal 2004. We are continuing with 
our plan to improve the performance of this segment through: new product introductions, consolidation of test facilities, 
the  transfer  of  a  greater  portion  of  test  production  to  our  Asia  facilities,  and  outsourcing  a  greater  portion  of  the  test 
production. We expect this plan will continue through 2005 and will result in future period charges and/or restructuring 
charges. 

15 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Products and Services 

We offer a range of wire bonding equipment and spare parts, packaging materials and test interconnect products. 

Set forth below is a table listing the percentage of our total net sales from continuing operations for each business segment 
for the three fiscal years ended September 30, 2002, 2003 and 2004: 

                     (dollars in thousands)

                                   Fiscal Year Ended September 30,

2002

2003(1)

2004

Net Sales
169,469
$     
157,176
114,698
222
441,565

$     

% of Total
Net Sales
38%
36%
26%
0%
100%

Net Sales
198,447
$   
174,471
104,882
135
477,935

$  

% of Total
Net Sales
42%
37%
22%
0%
100%

Net Sales
361,244
$    
234,690
121,877
-
717,811

$    

% of Total
Net Sales
50%
33%
17%
0%
100%

Equipment
Packaging materials
Test interconnect
Other(2)

(1)  In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003, we sold the assets related to the saw and hard material blade businesses that were 

part of the equipment segment and packaging materials segment, respectively. Those businesses had fiscal 2003 net 
sales of $11.3 million. 

(2)  Comprised of sales associated with our substrate business that was closed in fiscal 2002. 

Over  time,  our  equipment  sales  are highly  volatile,  based  on  the  semiconductor  industry’s need for new  capability  and 
capacity,  whereas  packaging  materials  and  test  interconnect  sales  tend  to  be  more  stable,  following  the  trend  of  total 
semiconductor unit production.  

See Note 13 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for financial results by business segment. 

Equipment 

We manufacture and market a line of wire bonders, which are used to connect very fine wires, typically made of gold, 
aluminum or copper, between the bond pads of a semiconductor die and the leads on the integrated circuit (IC) package to 
which the die has been attached. We believe that our wire bonders offer competitive advantages by providing customers 
with high productivity/throughput and superior package quality/process control. In particular, our machines are capable of 
performing very fine pitch bonding as well as creating the sophisticated wire loop shapes that are needed in the assembly 
of advanced semiconductor packages.  Our principal products are:  

Ball Bonders.  Automatic IC ball bonders represent a large majority of our semiconductor equipment business. As 
part of our competitive strategy, we have been introducing new models of IC ball bonders every 15 to 24 months, 
with each new model designed to increase both productivity and process capability compared to its predecessor. In 
May 2002, we began marketing the Maxum ™ IC ball bonder, which offered up to 20% more productivity than its 
predecessor.  In  the  second  quarter  of  fiscal  2004,  we  began  shipping  the  Maxum  Plus  ™  to  customers  offering 
further  productivity  increases,  as  well  as  process  capability  improvements.  In  addition,  in  January  of  2003,  we 
began shipping the Nu-Tek ™ , a new automatic wire bonder optimized for low lead count ICs and discrete device 
applications, which are both segments of the market where we had not previously participated.  

Specialty  Wire  Bonders.  We  also  produce  other  models  of  wire  bonders,  targeted  at  specific  market  niches, 
including: the Model 8098, a large area ball bonder designed for wire bonding hybrid, chip on board, and other 
large  area  applications;  the  WaferPRO  Plus™  ,  for  wafer  level  bumping  for  area  array  applications;  the  Triton 
RDA ™ , a wedge bonder designed for ribbon bonding; and the Model 8090, a large area wedge bonder. We also 
manufacture and market a line of manual wire bonders. 

16 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
     
      
       
     
      
              
            
              
We  believe  that  our  industry  knowledge  and  technical  experience  have  positioned  us  to  deliver  innovative,  customer-
specific  offerings  that  reduce  the  cost  of  owning  our  equipment  over  its  useful  life.  In  response  to  customer  trends  in 
outsourcing  packaging  requirements,  we  provide  repair  and  maintenance  services,  a  variety  of  equipment  upgrades, 
machine and component rebuild activities and expanded customer training through our customer operations group.  

Packaging Materials 

We manufacture and market a range of semiconductor packaging materials and expendable tools for the semiconductor 
assembly market, including very fine gold, aluminum and copper wire, capillaries, wedges, die collets and saw blades, all 
of which are used in packaging and assembly processes. Our packaging materials are designed for use on both our own 
and our competitors’ assembly equipment.  A wire bonder uses a capillary or wedge tool and bonding wire much like a 
sewing machine uses a needle and thread. Our principal products are:  

Bonding  Wire.  We  manufacture  very  fine  gold,  aluminum  and  copper  wire  used  in  the  wire  bonding  process. 
This wire is bonded to the chip surface and package substrate by the wire bonder and becomes a permanent part 
of the customer’s semiconductor package. We produce wire to a wide range of specifications, which can satisfy 
most wire bonding applications across the spectrum of semiconductor packages.  

Expendable Tools. Our expendable tools include a wide variety of capillaries, wedges, die collets and wafer saw 
blades. The capillaries and wedges actually attach the wire to the semiconductor chip, allow a precise amount of 
wire to be fed out to form a permanent wire loop, then attach the wire to the package substrate, and finally cut the 
wire  so  that  the  bonding  process  can  be  repeated  again.  Die  collets  are  used  to  pick  up  and  place  die  into 
packages before the wire bonding process begins. Our hub blades are used to cut silicon wafers into individual 
semiconductor die.  

Test Interconnect  

We offer a broad range of fixtures used to temporarily contact a semiconductor device while it is still in the wafer format 
(wafer probing), thereby providing electrical connections to automatic test equipment. We also offer test sockets used to 
test the final semiconductor package (package or final testing). Our principal test interconnect products are:  

Probe cards. Probe cards consist of complex, multilayer printed circuit boards (PCB) upon which are attached 
numerous probe needles designed to make temporary contact to each of the bond pads or bumps on a die while 
the die is still in a wafer format, providing electrical connections to automatic test equipment.  

Automatic  Test  Equipment  (ATE)  interface  assemblies.  ATE  interface  assemblies  typically  consist  of  electro-
mechanical assemblies, electrical contactors and intricate multilayer PCBs, which mechanically and electrically 
connect  to  the  ATE  test  prober  and  carry  electrical  signals  to  a  probe  card,  and  ultimately  the  semiconductor 
device under test.  

Test  sockets.  Test  sockets  hold  packaged  semiconductor  devices  while  making  electrical  connections  to  their 
leads through spring loaded contacts.  

Changes in the design of a semiconductor device often require changes in the probe card, test socket and, in certain cases, 
the ATE interface assembly used to test that semiconductor. Customers generally purchase new versions of these custom-
designed products each time there is a design change in the semiconductor being tested. Changes in semiconductor design 
and processes drive improvements in test interconnect technology in order to support significant increases in the number 
and density of bond pads or leads being tested and the speed of the electrical signals being tested.  

Accounting Policies, Pronouncements and Estimates 

We believe the following accounting policy is critical to the preparation of our financial statements:  

Revenue  Recognition.  Our  revenue  recognition  policy  is  in  accordance  with  Staff  Accounting  Bulletin  No.  104  (SAB 
104),  Revenue  Recognition.  We  recognize  revenue  when  persuasive  evidence  of  an  arrangement  exists,  delivery  has 

17 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
occurred or services have been rendered, the price is fixed or determinable, the collectibility is reasonably assured, and we 
have  satisfied  any  equipment  installation  obligations  and  received  customer  acceptance,  or  are otherwise  released from 
our  installation  or  customer  acceptance  obligations.  In  the  event  terms  of  the  sale  provide  for  a  lapsing  customer 
acceptance  period,  we  recognize  revenue  based  upon  the  expiration  of  the  lapsing  acceptance  period  or  customer 
acceptance,  whichever  occurs  first.  Our  standard  terms  are  Ex  Works  (K&S  factory),  with  title  transferring  to  our 
customer at our loading dock or upon embarkation. We do have a small percentage of sales with other terms, and revenue 
is recognized in accordance with the terms of the related customer purchase order. Revenue related to services is generally 
recognized upon performance of the services requested by a customer order. Revenue for extended maintenance service 
contracts with a term more than one month is recognized on a prorated straight-line basis over the term of the contract. 
Revenue from royalty arrangements and license agreements is recognized in accordance with the contract terms, generally 
prorated over the life of the contract or based upon specific deliverables. Our business is subject to contingencies related 
to customer orders as follows:  

•  Right of Return: A large portion of our revenue comes from the sale of machines that are used in the semiconductor 
assembly  process.  These  items  are  generally  built  to  order,  and  often  include  customization  to  a  customer’s 
specifications. Other product sales relate to consumable products, which are sold in high-volume quantities, and are 
generally  maintained  at  low  stock  levels  at  our  customer’s  facility.  As  a  result,  customer  returns  represent  a  very 
small percentage of customer sales on an annual basis. Our policy is to provide an allowance for customer returns 
based upon our historical experience and management assumptions.  

•  Warranties: Our products are generally shipped with a one-year warranty against manufacturer’s defects and we do 
not offer extended warranties in the normal course of our business. We recognize a liability for estimated warranty 
expense  when  revenue  for  the  related  product  is  recognized.  The  estimated  liability  for  warranty  is  based  upon 
historical experience and our estimates of future expenses.  

•  Conditions  of  Acceptance:  Sales  of  our  consumable  products  and  bonding  wire  generally  do  not  have  customer 
acceptance  terms.  In  certain  cases,  sales  of  our  equipment  products  do  have  customer  acceptance  clauses  which 
generally require that the equipment perform in accordance with specifications during an on-site factory inspection by 
the  customer,  as  well  as  when  installed  at  the  customer’s  facility.  In  such  cases,  if  the  terms  of  acceptance  are 
satisfied  at  our  facility  prior  to  shipment,  the  revenue  for  the  equipment  will  be  recognized  upon  shipment.  If  the 
customer must first install the equipment in their own factory, then generally, revenue associated with that sale is not 
recognized until acceptance is received from the customer. 

•  Price Protection: We do not provide price protection to our customers. 

Critical Estimates and Assumptions: 

Generally accepted accounting principles require the use of estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of 
assets  and  liabilities  and  disclosure  of  contingent  assets  and  liabilities  at  the  date  of  the  financial  statements  and  the 
reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The more significant areas involving the use of 
estimates  in  our  financial  statements  include  allowances  for  uncollectible  accounts  receivable,  reserves  for  excess  and 
obsolete  inventory,  carrying  value  and  lives  of  fixed  assets,  goodwill  and  intangible  assets,  valuation  allowances  for 
deferred  tax  assets  and  deferred  tax  liabilities,  self  insurance  reserves,  pension  benefit  liabilities,  resizing,  warranty, 
litigation.  We  base  our  estimates  on  historical  experience  and  on  various  other  assumptions  that  we  believe  to  be 
reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which are the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of 
assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under 
different assumptions or conditions.  

We believe the following accounting policies require significant judgments and estimates:  

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts. We maintain allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the 
inability  of  our  customers  to  make  required  payments.  If  the  financial  condition  of  our  customers  were  to  deteriorate, 
resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, additional allowances may be required. We are also subject 
to  concentrations  of  customers  and  sales  to  a  few  geographic  locations,  which  would  also  impact  the  collectability  of 
certain receivables. If economic or political conditions were to change in some of the countries where we do business, it 

18 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
could have a significant impact on the results of our operations, and our ability to realize the full value of our accounts 
receivable.  

Inventory  Reserves. We  generally  provide  reserves  for  equipment  inventory  and  spare part  and  consumable  inventories 
considered to be in excess of 18 months of forecasted future demand, and test interconnect inventory considered to be in 
excess of 12 months  of forecasted  future  demand.  The  forecasted demand  is based upon  internal  projections, historical 
sales  volumes,  customer  order  activity  and  a  review  of  consumable  inventory  levels  at  our  customers’  facilities.  We 
communicate forecasts of our future demand to our suppliers and adjust commitments to those suppliers accordingly. If 
required,  we  rereserve  for  the  difference  between  the  carrying  value  of  our  inventory  and  the  lower  of  cost  or  market 
value,  based  upon  assumptions  about  future  demand,  market  conditions  and  the  next  cyclical  market  upturn.  If  actual 
market conditions are less favorable than our projections, additional inventory reserves may be required. We review and 
dispose of excess and obsolete inventory on a regular basis.  

Valuation  of  Long-lived  Assets.  Our  long-lived  assets  include  property,  plant  and  equipment,  goodwill  and  intangible 
assets. Our property, plant and equipment and intangible assets are depreciated over their estimated useful lives, and are 
reviewed  for  impairment  whenever  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  the  carrying  amount  of  these  assets  may  not  be 
recoverable.  The  fair  value  of  our  goodwill  and  intangible  assets  is  based  upon  our  estimates  of  future  cash  flows  and 
other factors to determine the fair value of the respective assets. We manage and value our intangible technology assets in 
the aggregate, as one asset group, not by individual technology. We perform our annual goodwill and intangible assets 
impairment test in the fourth quarter of each fiscal year, which coincides with our annual planning process. We also test 
for impairment whenever a “triggering” event occurs.  Our impairment testing resulted in an impairment charge of $5.7 
million  in  fiscal  2003  in  our  flip  chip  business  unit  and  a  fiscal  2002  impairment  charge  of  $72.0  million  in  the  test 
business  unit  and  $2.3  million  in  the  hub  blade  business.  If  these  estimates  or  their  related  assumptions  change  in  the 
future, we may be required to record additional impairment charges in accordance with SFAS 142 and SFAS 144.  

Deferred Taxes. We record a valuation allowance to reduce our deferred tax assets to the amount that we expect is more 
likely  than  not  to  be  realized.  While  we  have  considered  future  taxable  income  and  ongoing  prudent  and  feasible  tax 
planning strategies in assessing the need for the valuation allowance, if we were to determine that we would be able to 
realize our deferred tax assets in the future in excess of our net recorded amount, an adjustment to the deferred tax asset 
would increase income in the period such determination was made. Likewise, should we determine that we would not be 
able to realize all or part of our net deferred tax assets in the future, an adjustment to the deferred tax asset would decrease 
income in the period such determination was made. In fiscal 2003 and 2002 we established a valuation allowance against 
our  deferred  tax  assets  generated  from  our  U.S.  net  operating  losses.  In  fiscal  2004  we  reversed  the  portion  of  the 
valuation allowance that was equal to the U.S. federal income tax expense on our U.S. income. If the Company were to 
generate additional U.S. net operating loss carryforwards, additional valuation allowances would be set up against these 
deferred tax assets.  

Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities - In June 2002, the FASB issued SFAS 146, Accounting 
for Exit or Disposal Activities which addresses significant issues regarding the recognition, measurement, and reporting of 
costs that are associated with exit and disposal activities, including restructuring activities that are currently accounted for 
pursuant to the guidance that the Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) has set forth in EITF 94-3, Liability Recognition for 
Certain  Employee  Termination  Benefits  and  Other  Costs  to  Exit  an  Activity  (including  Certain  Costs  Incurred  in  a 
Restructuring). We have adopted this standard and the adoption did not have a material impact on our financial position 
and  results  of  operations,  however,  this  standard  will  in  certain  circumstances  change  the  timing  of  recognition  of 
restructuring (resizing) costs.  

Overview of Statement of Operations 

Net  sales.  Our  equipment  sales  depend  on  the  capital  expenditures  of  semiconductor  manufacturers  and  subcontract 
assemblers  worldwide  which,  in  turn,  depend  on  the  current  and  anticipated  market  demand  for  semiconductors  and 
technology  driven  advancements  in  semiconductor  design.  The  semiconductor  industry  historically  has  been  highly 
volatile,  and  has  experienced  periodic  downturns  followed  by  rebounds.  Downturns  have  had  a  severe  effect  on  the 
semiconductor  industry’s  demand  for  capital  equipment.  For  example,  a  downturn  in  the  semiconductor  industry  from 
fiscal 2001 through most of fiscal 2003 contributed to lower net sales in each of those fiscal years in comparison to our 
fiscal 2000 net sales. This downturn was followed by increased market demand during most of our fiscal 2004 resulting in 

19 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
an 82.0% increase in our equipment net sales in fiscal 2004 compared to fiscal 2003. In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2004, 
we  announced  weakening  customer  demand  for  our  equipment  and  we  expect  further  weakening  in  the  first  quarter  of 
fiscal 2005. 

Our  packaging  materials  sales  depend  on  manufacturing  expenditures  of  semiconductor  manufacturers  and  subcontract 
assemblers, many of which also purchase our equipment products. However, the volatility in demand for our packaging 
materials is less than that of our equipment sales due to the consumable nature of these products.  

Our  test  interconnect  solutions  sales  depend  on  the  manufacturing  expenditures  of  some  of  the  same  semiconductor 
manufacturers and subcontractors as our equipment and packaging materials sales as well as other customers. Because of 
the  consumable  and  customized  nature  of  most  of  our  test  products,  however,  the  volatility  in  demand  for  these  test 
products is less than that of our equipment sales.  

Cost of goods sold. Equipment cost of goods sold consists mainly of subassemblies, materials, direct and indirect labor 
costs and other overhead. We rely on subcontractors to manufacture many of the components and subassemblies for our 
products and we rely on sole source suppliers for some material components.  

Packaging materials cost of goods sold consists primarily of gold and aluminum, direct labor and other materials used in 
the manufacture of bonding wire, capillaries, wedges and other company products, with gold making up the majority of 
the cost. Gold bonding wire is generally priced based on a fabrication charge per 1,000 feet of wire, plus the value of the 
gold. To minimize our exposure to gold price fluctuations, we obtain gold for fabrication under a contract with our gold 
supplier  which  generally  matches  the  price  we  pay  for  the  gold with  the  price  we  invoice  our  customers.  Accordingly, 
fluctuations in the price of gold are generally absorbed by our gold supplier or passed on to our customers. Since gold 
makes up a significant portion of the cost of goods sold of our bonding wire business unit, the gross profit as a percentage 
of  sales  of  that  business  unit  and  therefore  the  packaging  materials  segment  will  be  lower  than  can  be  expected  in  the 
equipment business. We rely on one supplier for our gold requirements.  

Test  interconnect  cost  of  goods  sold  consists  primarily  of  direct  labor  and  indirect  labor  for  engineering  design  and 
materials used in the manufacture of wafer and IC package testing cards and devices.  

Selling,  general  and  administrative  expense.  Our  selling,  general  and  administrative  expense  is  comprised  primarily  of 
personnel and related costs, professional costs, and depreciation expense.  

Research  and  development  expense.  Our  research  and  development  costs  consist  primarily  of  labor,  prototype  material 
and  other  costs  associated  with  our  development  efforts  to  strengthen  our  product  lines  and  develop  new  products  and 
depreciation expense.  Included in research and development expense is the cost to develop the software that operates our 
semiconductor assembly equipment, which is expensed as incurred. We expect to continue to incur significant research 
and development costs.  

20 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Results of Operations  

Fiscal Years Ended September 30, 2004, September 30, 2003 and September 30, 2002 

The table below shows the principal line items from our historical consolidated statements of operations, as a percentage 
of our net sales, for the three years ended September 30: 

Net sales
Cost of goods sold

Gross margin
Selling, general and administrative
Research and development, net
Resizing
Asset impairment
Goodwill impairment
Amortization of goodwill and intangibles
Gain on sale of assets
Loss on sale of product lines
Income (loss) from operations

Fiscal Year Ended 
September 30, 
2003

100.0
73.2
-
26.8
21.4
8.0
(0.1)
0.8
-
1.9
-
1.1
(6.3)

%

%

2002

100.0
77.2

%

22.8
30.6
11.8
4.3
7.2
16.8
2.2
-
-
(50.0)

%

2004

100.0
67.8
-
32.2
14.1
4.8
(0.0)
0.5
-
1.3
(0.1)
-
11.7

%

%

Fiscal Years Ended September 30, 2004 and September 30, 2003  

Bookings  and  Backlog.      During  the  fiscal  year  ended  September  30,  2004,  we  recorded  bookings  of  $718.5  million 
compared to $488.8 million in fiscal 2003. A booking is recorded when a customer order is reviewed and a determination 
is made that all specifications can be met, production (or service) can be scheduled, a delivery date can be set, and the 
customer meets the Company’s credit requirements.  At September 30, 2004, the backlog of customer orders totaled $59.7 
million,  compared  to  $59.9  million  at  September  30,  2003.  Since  the  timing  of  deliveries  may  vary  and  orders  are 
generally subject to cancellation, our backlog as of any date may not be indicative of net sales for any succeeding period. 
For example, on August 10, 2004, we announced that discussions with customers indicated a general slowing in the rate 
of  semiconductor  growth.  As  a  result,  some  of  these  customers  requested  that  we  delay  the  shipment  of  wire  bonders 
previously ordered and included in our backlog of customer orders at June 30, 2004. 

Sales  

Business segment net sales:  

Equipment
Packaging materials
Test interconnect
Other (1)

            (dollars amounts in thousands)
           Fiscal year ended September 30,
%
Change

2003

2004

$      

$     

198,447
174,471
104,882
135
477,935

361,244
234,690
121,877
-
717,811

82.0%
34.5%
16.2%
NA
50.2%

$     

$    

(1) Comprised of residual sales associated with our substrate business that was closed in fiscal 2002. 

21 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
       
       
         
         
         
         
           
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
           
           
           
          
          
           
           
           
         
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
          
           
           
           
        
          
         
        
       
        
       
               
               
Sales. Net sales from continuing operations for the year ended September 30, 2004 were $717.8 million, an increase of 
50.2% from $477.9 million in fiscal 2003 due primarily to the improved demand in the semiconductor industry for our 
automatic ball bonders throughout the majority of fiscal 2004. 

Our equipment segment was the primary beneficiary of the increased demand in the semiconductor industry during fiscal 
2004, recording an 82.0% increase in net sales compared to the prior year. According to VLSI Research, our market share 
of worldwide revenue  for automatic  ball  bonders  for  the first  half  of  calendar  2004  increased  to 49%  from  41%  in  the 
second half of calendar 2003 and 36% in the first half of calendar 2003. The higher net sales resulted primarily from a 
122.1% increase in unit sales of our automatic ball bonders. We recorded our highest quarterly ball bonder unit volume in 
the history of the Company in the second quarter of fiscal 2004. This large percentage increase in ball bonder unit sales 
was partially  offset by  the  elimination  of  sales  of dicing  saws  in fiscal  2004 due  to  the  sale  of  this  business  in August 
2003, relatively flat sales in specialty bonders and spare parts, and a lower average selling price (ASP) per ball bonder. 
The blended ASP for our automatic ball bonders was 5.1% lower than the prior year, due primarily to customer mix. This 
reflected general lowering of ASP for any particular model over its product life cycle. To mitigate this we introduce new 
models with additional features that enable us to demand a higher selling price.  We experienced a higher ASP on our 
newer Maxum Plus model compared to Maxum.  The blended ASP varies with the proportion of newer models sold and 
with customer mix.  

Our packaging materials business also benefited from the increased demand in the semiconductor industry with a $60.2 
million or 34.5% increase in net sales.  Our capillary unit sales were up 26.3% in fiscal 2004 compared to the prior year.  
Blended  capillary  ASP  was  down  slightly  (2.9%)  from  the  prior  year.    The  reduction  in  blended  capillary  ASP  is  a 
function of the general decline in unit prices and mix between high and low end capillaries. High end capillaries support 
advanced packaging applications and have higher ASP’s. As in our equipment business, we introduce new capillaries with 
additional  capabilities  that  enable  us  to  demand  a  higher  selling  price.  Our  wire  unit  sales  (measured  in  Kft)  increased 
36.6% in fiscal 2004 over the prior year due to increased orders from existing customers and new customers. Wire ASP is 
heavily dependent upon the price of gold and can fluctuate significantly from period to period. In fiscal 2004 the price of 
gold accounted for approximately $20.6 million of the sales increase over the prior year and the increase in unit volume 
accounted for approximately $28.5 million of the increase. 

Our  test  interconnect  sales  were  $17.0  million  in  fiscal  2004  or  16.2%  above  the  prior  year.  Our  vertically  configured 
retractable  pin  probe  cards  accounted  for  $13.4  million  of  the  increase  due  to  higher  unit  sales.  Net  sales  of  our  other 
major test product lines were slightly above the prior year but negatively impacted by the sale of our PC board business in 
the second quarter of fiscal 2004. Our sales of PC board products were approximately $5.5 million lower in fiscal 2004 
compared  to  the  prior  year.        Blended  ASPs  are  not  meaningful  in  the  test  business  due  to  lack  of  a  standard  unit  of 
measure and the large difference in part types sold. As such, blended ASP’s are not a metric used by management for test 
interconnect sales.  

The  majority  of  our  sales  are  to  customers  that  are  located  outside  of  the  United  States  or  that  have  manufacturing 
facilities outside of the United States. Shipments of our products with ultimate foreign destinations comprised 86% of our 
total sales in fiscal 2004 compared to 80% in the prior fiscal year. The majority of these foreign sales were to customer 
locations in the Asia/Pacific region, including Taiwan, Malaysia, Singapore, Korea and Japan. Taiwan accounted for the 
largest single destination for our product shipments with 25% of our shipments in fiscal 2004 compared to 20% of our 
shipments in the prior fiscal year.  

22 

 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross Profit  

Business segment gross profit: 

Equipment
Packaging materials
Test interconnect
Other(1)

            (dollars amounts in thousands)
           Fiscal year ended September 30,

2003

$     

69,355
41,692
17,026
135
128,208

$   

%
Sales

34.9%
23.9%
16.2%
100.0%
26.8%

2004

%
Sales

$   

152,382
52,032
26,591
-
231,005

$  

42.2%
22.2%
21.8%
NA
32.2%

(1) Comprised of residual gross profit associated with our substrate business that was closed in fiscal 2002. 

Gross profit. Gross profit increased 80.2% ($102.8 million) in fiscal 2004 from the prior year and our gross margin (gross 
profit  as  a  percentage  of  net  sales)  improved  5.4  percentage  points.  The  higher  gross  profit  and  gross  margin  was 
primarily due to the improved demand in the semiconductor industry, particularly for our automatic ball bonders. Included 
in  the  results  for  fiscal  2004  were  $1.5  million  of  inventory  write-downs.    Included  in  the  results  for  fiscal  2003  is  a 
charge for inventory write-downs of $5.1 million.  

Our  equipment  gross  profit  increased  119.7%  ($83.0  million)  from  the  prior  year  and  the  equipment  gross  margin 
increased 7.3 percentage points from the prior year.  The higher sales volume of ball bonders accounted for $55.1 million 
of  the  increased  gross  profit  and  an  18.1%  reduction  in  the  manufacturing  cost  per  ball  bonders  partially  offset  by  the 
lower  ASP  accounted  for  $24.4  million  of  the  improvement.  Our  lower  cost  per  unit  was  the  main  reason  for  the  7.3 
percentage point increase in gross margin and due to the lowering of production costs over our products’ life cycle via 
better supply chain management, engineering more cost effective parts and volume purchasing. 

Our  packaging  materials  gross  profit  increased  24.8%  ($10.3  million)  from  the  prior  year,  with  capillaries  gross  profit 
accounting for $7.9 million of the increase. Higher capillary unit volume accounted for $5.9 million of this improvement 
and lower capillary costs associated with shifting a portion of capillary production to China accounted for $3.1 million of 
the  variance.  These  favorable  results  were  partially  offset  by  lower  capillary  ASP’s.  Our  wire  gross  profit  was 
approximately  $4.9  million  higher  than  the  prior  year  reflecting  higher  unit  sales  (measured  in  Kft)  but  the  wire  gross 
margin was lower than the prior year due to the increase in the price of gold, which makes up a significant portion of our 
wire cost of sales.  

Our test interconnect business gross profit increased 56.2% ($9.6 million) and its gross margin increased 5.6 percentage 
points.  The  higher  gross  profit  and  gross  margin  was  due  primarily  to  higher  unit  sales  in  our  vertically  configured 
retractable pin probe cards and test sockets product lines and the associated manufacturing efficiencies. Duplicate costs 
associated with the start-up of production of cantilever products in our China facility partially offset the positive impact 
from the higher vertical and package test sales.  

23 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
       
       
       
            
             
Operating Expenses  

Selling, general and administrative
Research and development, net
Resizing(recovery) costs
Asset impairment 
Gain on sale of assets
Amortization of intangible assets
Loss on sale of product lines

            (dollars amounts in thousands)
           Fiscal year ended September 30,

2003

%
Sales

2004

%
Sales

$   

$   

102,327
38,121
(475)
3,629
-
9,260
5,257
158,119

21.4%
8.0%
-0.1%
0.8%
0.0%
1.9%
1.1%
33.1%

$    

101,225
34,611
(68)
3,293
(1,023)
9,022
-
147,060

$   

14.1%
4.8%
0.0%
0.5%
-0.1%
1.3%
0.0%
20.5%

Selling, general and administrative expenses. SG&A expenses were relatively flat when compared with the prior year but 
SG&A  expense  as  a  percentage  of  sales  was  down  7.3  percentage  points.  In  fiscal  2004,  SG&A  expense  included  a 
variable expense for incentive compensation of $10.3 million compared to no expense for incentive compensation in the 
prior year.  Also included in fiscal 2004 were: severance charges of $4.5 million ($2.1 million of which was associated 
with the closing of a probe card production facility in France); and $1.6 million of start-up costs in our China facility to 
transition  production  capacity.    Included  in  the  SG&A  expense  for  fiscal  2003  were:  costs  associated  with  workforce 
reductions (severance) of $5.2 million; start-up costs for our new China facility of approximately $2.0 million; and a $0.7 
million charge for the early termination of an information technology services agreement, partially offset by the favorable 
reversal of a $2.0 million reserve previously established for potential obligations to U.S. Customs.  Other than the above 
mentioned costs, our SG&A costs were lower than the prior year and reflected our efforts to contain operating costs with 
higher sales volume. 

The workforce reduction/severance charges identified in the previous paragraph were included in SG&A expense because 
they  were  not  related  to  formal  and  distinct  restructuring  programs,  but  rather,  they  were  normal  and  recurring 
management of employment levels in response to business conditions and our ongoing effort to reduce our cost structure. 
Also, if the business conditions had improved, we were prepared to rehire some of these terminated individuals. These 
charges are in contrast to the formal and distinct resizing programs we established in prior fiscal years. 

Research and development.  Research and development (“R&D”) expense in fiscal 2004 decreased $3.5 million or 9.2% 
from  fiscal  2003.  While  we  saw  lower  payroll  and  related  expenses  due  to  our  ongoing  cost  reduction  efforts,  we 
continued  to  invest  in  the  development  of  next-generation  wire  bonders  and  new  products  for  our  test  interconnect 
business. In fiscal 2004 we also purchased a license for an interconnection device which we believe will form the nucleus 
for our next-generation of semiconductor sockets for our package test products.  

Resizing:  The semiconductor industry has been volatile, with sharp periodic downturns. The industry experienced excess 
capacity  and  a  severe  contraction  in  demand  for  semiconductor  manufacturing  equipment  during  our  fiscal  2001,  2002 
and most of 2003. We developed formal resizing plans in response to these changes in the business environment with the 
intent to align our cost structure with anticipated revenue levels. Accounting for resizing activities requires an evaluation 
of  formally  agreed  upon  and  approved  plans.  We  documented  and  committed  to  these  plans  to  reduce  spending  that 
included  facility  closings/rationalizations  and  reductions  in  workforce.  We  recorded  the  expense  associated  with  these 
plans in the period that we committed to carry-out the plans. Although we made every attempt to consolidate all known 
resizing activities into one plan, the extreme cycles and rapidly changing forecasting environment places limitations on 
achieving this objective. The recognition of a resizing event does not necessarily preclude similar but unrelated actions in 
future periods. 

24 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
        
           
              
         
          
             
         
         
          
         
              
In fiscal 2004, we reversed $68 thousand of these resizing charges and in fiscal 2003 we reversed $475 thousand of these 
resizing  charges  due  to  the  actual  severance  cost  associated  with  the  terminated  positions  being  less  than  the  cost 
originally estimated.  We recorded resizing charges of $18.8 million in fiscal 2002 and $4.2 million in fiscal 2001. 

In addition to the formal resizing costs identified below, we continued (and are continuing) to downsize our operations in 
fiscal  2002,  2003  and  2004. These downsizing  efforts  resulted in  workforce reduction  charges  of  $4.5  million  in  fiscal 
2004, $5.6 million in fiscal 2003 and $5.0 million in fiscal 2002. In contrast to the resizing plans discussed above, these 
workforce  reductions  were  not  related  to  formal  or  distinct  restructurings,  but  rather,  the  normal  and  recurring 
management of employment levels in response to business conditions and our ongoing effort to reduce our cost structure. 
In  addition,  during  fiscal  2003,  if  the  business  conditions  were  to  have  improved,  we  were  prepared  to  rehire  some  of 
these  terminated  individuals.  These  recurring  workforce  reduction  charges  were  recorded  as  Selling,  General  and 
Administrative expenses. 

A summary of the charges, reversals and payments of the formal resizing plans initiated in fiscal 2002 appears below: 

 Fiscal 2002 Resizing Plans  

Provision for resizing plans in fiscal 2002
   Continuing operations
   Discontinued operations
Payment of obligations in fiscal 2002
     Balance, September 30, 2002
 Change in estimate
Payment of obligations in fiscal 2003
     Balance, September 30, 2003
 Change in estimate
Payment of obligations
     Balance, September 30, 2004

(in thousands)

Severance and 
Benefits 

 Commitments 

Total

$              

9,486
893
(5,914)
                4,465 
(455)
(3,135)
                   875 
                    (68)
(440)
367

$                

$              

9,282

(300)
                8,982 

-
(3,192)
                5,790 
                      -   
(2,619)
3,171

$             

$              

18,768
893
(6,214)
                 13,447 
(455)
(6,327)
                   6,665 
(68)
(3,059)
3,538

$                

The individual resizing plans and acquisition restructuring plans initiated in fiscal 2002 are identified below: 

Fourth Quarter 2002 

In  January  1999,  we  acquired  the  advanced  substrate  technology  of  MicroModule  Systems,  a  Cupertino,  California 
company,  to  enable  production  of  high  density  substrates.  While  showing  some  progress  in  developing  our  substrate 
technology,  the  business  was  not  profitable  and  would  have  required  additional  capital  and  operating  cash  to  complete 
development  of  the  technology.  In  light  of  the  business  downturn  that  was  affecting  the  semiconductor  industry  at  the 
time,  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  2002,  we  announced  that  we  could  not  afford  to  further  develop  the  substrate 
technology  and  would  close  our  substrate  operations.  As  a  result,  we  recorded  a  resizing  charge  of  $8.5  million.  The 
resizing charge included a severance charge of $1.2 million for the elimination of 48 positions and lease obligations of 
$7.3  million.  We  expected,  and  achieved,  annual  payroll  related  savings  of  approximately  $4.2  million  and  annual 
facility/operating  savings  of  approximately  $3.9  million  as  a  result  of  this  resizing  plan.  By  June  30,  2003,  all  the 
positions had been eliminated. The plans have been completed but cash payments for the lease obligations are expected to 
continue  into 2006, or  such  time  as  the  obligations  can  be  satisfied.  In addition  to  these  resizing  charges,  in  the fourth 
quarter of fiscal 2002, we wrote-off $7.3 million of fixed assets and $1.1 million of intangible assets associated with the 
closure of the substrate operation. This substrate business was included in our then existing advanced packaging business 
segment. 

Third Quarter 2002 

As a result of the continuing downturn in the semiconductor industry and our desire to improve the performance of our 
test business segment, we decided to move towards a 24 hour per-day manufacturing model in our major U.S. wafer test 
facility, which would provide our customers with faster turn-around time and delivery of orders and economies of scale in 

25 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                   
                     
              
                 
                 
                 
                   
                    
              
              
                 
                      
                 
              
                 
manufacturing.  As  a  result,  in  the  third  quarter  of  fiscal  2002,  we  announced  a  resizing  plan  to  reduce  headcount  and 
consolidate  manufacturing  in  our  test  business  segment.  As  part  of  this  plan,  we  moved  manufacturing  of  wafer  test 
products  from  our  facilities  in  Gilbert,  Arizona  and  Austin,  Texas  to  our  facilities  in  San  Jose,  California  and  Dallas, 
Texas and from our Kaohsuing, Taiwan facility to our Hsin Chu, Taiwan facility. The resizing plan included a severance 
charge of $1.6  million for the elimination of 149 positions as a result of the manufacturing consolidation. The resizing 
plan also included a charge of $0.5 million associated with the closure of the Kaohsuing, Taiwan facility and an Austin, 
Texas  facility  representing  costs  of  non-cancelable  lease  obligations  beyond  the  facility  closure  and  costs  required  to 
restore  the  production  facilities  to  their  original  state.  We  expected,  and  achieved,  annual  payroll  related  savings  of 
approximately  $6.9  million  and  annual  facility/operating  savings  of  approximately  $84  thousand  as  a  result  of  this 
resizing  plan.  All  of  the  positions  have  been  eliminated  and  both  facilities  have  been  closed.  The  plans  have  been 
completed  but  cash  payments  for  the  severance,  facility  and  contractual  obligations  are  expected  to  continue  through 
2005, or such earlier time as the obligations can be satisfied. 

Second Quarter 2002 

As  a  result  of  the  continuing  downturn  in  the  semiconductor  industry  and  our  desire  to  more  efficiently  manage  our 
business,  in  the  second  quarter  of  fiscal  2002,  we  announced  a  resizing  plan  comprised  of  a  functional  realignment  of 
business  management  and  the  consolidation  and  closure  of  certain  facilities.  In  connection  with  the  resizing  plan,  we 
recorded a charge of $11.3 million ($10.4 million in continuing operations and $0.9 million in discontinued operations), 
consisting  of  severance  and  benefits  of  $9.7  million  for  372  positions  that  were  to  be  eliminated  as  a  result  of  the 
functional realignment, facility consolidation, the shift of certain manufacturing to China (including the Company’s hub 
blade business) and the move of our microelectronics products to Singapore and a charge of $1.6 million for the cost of 
lease commitments beyond the closure date of facilities to be exited as part of the facility consolidation plan. 

In the second quarter of fiscal 2002, we closed five test facilities: two in the United States, one in France, one in Malaysia, 
and one in Singapore. These operations were absorbed into other company facilities. The resizing charge for the facility 
consolidation  reflects  the  cost  of  lease  commitments  beyond  the  exit  dates  that  are  associated  with  these  closed  test 
facilities. 

To reduce our short term cash requirements, we decided, in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2002, not to relocate our hub blade 
manufacturing  facility  from  the  United  States  to  China  or  our  microelectronics  product  manufacturing  from  the  United 
States  to  Singapore,  as  previously  announced.  This  change  in  our  facility  relocation  plan  resulted  in  a  reversal  of  $1.6 
million of the resizing costs recorded in the second quarter of fiscal 2002. As a result, we reduced our expected annual 
savings from this resizing plan for payroll related expenses by approximately $4.7 million. 

Also  in  the fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  2002, we  reversed $600  thousand ($590  thousand  in  continuing  operations  and $10 
thousand  in  discontinued  operations)  of  the  severance  resizing  expenses  and  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  2003  we 
reversed  $353  thousand  of  resizing  expenses,  previously  recorded  in  the  second  quarter  of  fiscal  2002,  due  to  actual 
severance costs associated with the terminated positions being less than those estimated as a result of employees leaving 
the Company before they were severed. 

As a result of the functional realignment, we terminated employees at all levels of the organization from factory workers 
to  vice  presidents.  The  organizational  change  shifted  management  of  our  Company  businesses  to  functional  (i.e.  sales, 
manufacturing,  research  and  development,  etc.)  areas  across  product  lines  rather  than  by  product  line.  For  example, 
research  and  development  activities  for  the  entire  company  are  now  controlled  and  coordinated  by  one  corporate  vice 
president  under  the  functional  organizational  structure,  rather  than  separately  by  each  business  unit.  This  structure 
provides for a more efficient allocation of human and capital resources to achieve corporate R&D initiatives. 

We  expected  annual  payroll  related  savings  of  approximately  $17.3  million  and  annual  facility/operating  savings  of 
approximately  $660 thousand as a result of this resizing plan. As a result of the decision not to relocate our hub blade 
manufacturing  facility  or  our  microelectronics  product  manufacturing  we  ultimately  achieved  annual  payroll  related 
savings of approximately $12.7 million. The plans have been completed but cash payments for the severance charges are 
expected to continue into 2005, or such time as the obligations can be satisfied. 

26 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Asset impairment. In fiscal 2004, we recorded an asset impairment charge of $3.3 million associated with exiting our PC 
board fabrication business and the closure of a probe card production facility in France. The fiscal 2003 charge included; 
$1.7 million associated with the discontinuation of a test product; $1.2 million due to the reduction in the size of a test 
facility in Dallas, Texas; and $730 thousand resulting from the write-down of assets that were sold and assets that became 
obsolete.  

We perform our annual test for impairment of intangible assets at the end of the fourth quarter of each fiscal year, which 
coincides  with  the  completion  of  our  annual  forecasting  process.  However,  we  also  test  for  impairment  whenever  a 
“triggering”  event  occurs.  We  performed  interim  goodwill  impairment  tests  on  the  goodwill  associated  with  our  test 
interconnect  business  during  the  quarters  ended  December  31,  2003  and  March  31,  2004  due  to  the  existence  of  an 
impairment trigger, which was the losses experienced at this business. Based on the results of these tests and our annual 
impairment  test  on  intangibles  assets  associated  with  both  our  wire  and  test  businesses,  no  impairment  charge  was 
recorded  in  fiscal  2004.  The  fair  value  of  the  wire  and  test  reporting  units  was  based  on  discounted  cash  flows  of  our 
projected  future  cash  flows  from  this  reporting  unit,  consistent  with  the  methods  used  in  fiscal  2002  and  2003.  When 
conducting our goodwill impairment analysis, we calculate our potential impairment charges based on the two-step test 
identified  in  SFAS  142  and  using  the  implied  fair  value  of  the  respective  reporting  units.  We  use  the  present  value  of 
future cash flows from the respective reporting units to determine the implied fair value. We also tested our intangible 
assets for impairment in the March 2004 quarter, as a result of the sale of certain assets of the test operations and recorded 
an impairment charge of $3.2 million associated with the reporting unit’s purchased technology intangible asset. The $3.2 
million charge is included in the $3.3 million asset impairment charge recorded in fiscal 2004. 

In fiscal 2003, we also recorded an asset impairment charge of $6.9 million, to write-down assets to their realizable value, 
in our discontinued flip chip operation.  

Gain  in  sale  of  assets. In  fiscal  2004, we  realized  a  gain  of  $938  thousand on  the  sale  of  land  and a  building  and  $85 
thousand on the sale of a portion of our PC board business. 

Amortization of intangibles. Amortization expense in both fiscal 2003 and 2004 was associated with our intangible assets 
for  customer  accounts  and  completed  technology  arising  from  the  acquisition  of  our  test  division.  The  slightly  lower 
amortization  expense  in fiscal  2004  compared  to  the  prior year was due  to  the  impairment  of our  complete  technology 
intangible asset mentioned above. The aggregate amortization expense for these items for each of the next five fiscal years 
is expected to approximate $8.8 million. 

Loss on sale of product lines. In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003, we sold the fixed assets, inventories and intellectual 
property associated with our saw and hard material blade product lines for $1.2 million in cash. We wrote-off $6.5 million 
of  net  assets  associated  with  the  transaction.  In  addition,  we  sold  the  assets  associated  with  our  polymers  business  for 
$105  thousand.  This  loss  on  sale  of  product  lines  of  $5.3  million  has  been  reclassified  to  be  included  in  our  operating 
expenses section of the consolidated statement of operations, from its prior presentation outside of the operating results.  

Income (loss) from operations  

Income (loss) from operations by business segments appears below: 

Equipment
Packaging materials
Test interconnect
Corporate and other

                  (dollars amounts in thousands)
              Fiscal year ended September 30, 
%
Sales

2004

2003

$           

(2,323)
15,008
(27,192)
(15,404)
(29,911)

$        

-1.2%
8.6%
-25.9%
NA
-6.3%

$    

93,311
30,090
(21,516)
(17,940)
83,945

$   

%
Sales

25.8%
12.8%
-17.7%
NA
11.7%

27 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
            
      
           
     
           
     
Our income from operations in fiscal 2004 was $83.9 million compared to a loss from operations of $29.9 million in the 
prior  fiscal  year.  The  turn  from  a  loss  to  profit  generally  reflected  increased  demand  in  the  semiconductor  industry 
throughout most of fiscal 2004 and our ongoing efforts to reduce operational expenses.  

Equipment operating income increased $95.6 million from the prior year due primarily to higher sales and gross profit and 
lower  operating  costs.  Packaging  materials  operating  income  increased  $15.1  million  (100.5%),  also  due  primarily  to 
higher sales and gross profit and lower operating costs. Test interconnect operating loss was $5.7 million or 20.9% less 
than the prior year due primarily to higher gross profit. In order to improve the operating results of this business segment, 
we plan to consolidate test facilities, transfer a greater portion of the test production to our Asian facilities, outsource a 
greater portion of the test production, and introduce new products. We expect implementation of this plan will continue 
through  2005  and  will  result  in  future  period  charges  and/or  restructuring  charges.  Our  loss  from  corporate  and  other 
activities was $2.5 million higher than the prior year due to recording $4.4 million of employee incentive compensation 
expense in fiscal 2004 compared to no incentive compensation in the prior year.  

Interest and Charge on Early Extinguishment of Debt. Interest income in fiscal 2004 was $1.1 million compared to $940 
thousand in the prior fiscal year. The higher interest income in fiscal 2004 was due primarily to higher cash and short-
term  investments.  Interest  expense  in  fiscal  2004 was $10.5  million  compared  to $17.4  million  in  the  prior  fiscal  year. 
Interest expense in both fiscal 2004 and 2003 primarily reflects interest on our convertible subordinated notes. The lower 
interest expense in fiscal 2004 was due to the refinancing of our 4.75% and 5.25% convertible subordinated notes with 
lower  interest  0.5%  and  1.0%  convertible  subordinated  notes.  We  also  reduced  the  total  amount  of  subordinated  debt 
outstanding by $30 million.  

We incurred a cost of $10.5 million to redeem our 4.75% and 5.25% convertible subordinated notes; $6.0 of which was a 
cash expense associated with the redemption premium and $4.5 was due to the write-off of deferred financing expenses 
associated with the initial issuance of the notes. 

Tax expense. Tax expense in fiscal 2004 reflects income tax on income in foreign jurisdictions, alternative minimum tax 
on  U.S.  income  and  certain  state  income  tax.  In  fiscal  2004,  we  reversed  the  portion  of  our  valuation  allowance 
(approximately $11.2 million) that was equal to our U.S. taxable income, excluding taxable income subject to the U.S. 
alternative minimum tax. Until we can be reasonably assured that we can utilize our U.S. operating loss carryforwards, 
our income tax provision will reflect only U.S. alternative minimum tax, certain state tax and foreign taxation. Our tax 
expense in fiscal 2003 reflects income tax on income in foreign jurisdictions. In fiscal 2003, we established a valuation 
allowance against tax benefits from the fiscal 2003 losses in the U.S.  

On October 22, 2004 the U.S. Government passed the American Jobs Creation Act. The Act provides for certain tax benefits 
including but not limited to the reinvestment of foreign earnings in the United States. We are currently evaluating the Act and 
may or may not benefit from such provisions. 

Discontinued  Operations.  In  February  1996,  we  entered  into  a  joint  venture  agreement  with  Delco  Electronics 
Corporation (“Delco”) providing for the formation and management of Flip Chip Technologies, LLC (“FCT”). FCT was 
formed  to  license  certain  technologies  and  to  provide  wafer  bumping  services  on  a  contract  basis.  In  March  2001,  we 
purchased  the  remaining  interest  in  the  joint  venture  owned  by  Delco  for  $5.0  million  and  included  FCT  in  our  then 
existing  advanced  packaging  business  segment.  In fiscal  2003, our  then  existing  advanced packaging business  segment 
consisted solely of FCT, which was not profitable. 

In February 2004, we sold the assets of FCT for approximately $3.4 million in cash and notes and the agreement by the 
buyer to satisfy approximately $5.2 million of our lease liabilities and the assumption of certain other liabilities. The sale 
included fixed assets, inventories, and intellectual property of our flip chip business. The major classes of FCT assets and 
liabilities sold included: $3.6 million in accounts receivable; $119 thousand in inventory; $2.5 million in property, plant 
and  equipment;  $119  thousand  in  other  long  term  assets;  $1.5  million  in  accounts  payable  and  $1.0  million  in  accrued 
liabilities.  We  recorded  a  net  loss  on  the  sale  of  FCT  of  $380  thousand.  Net  sales  from  FCT  in  fiscal  2004  were  $9.4 
million,  and  in  fiscal  2003  were  $16.4  million.  The  net  loss  of  our  former  flip  chip  business  unit  comprises  our 
discontinued operations. Included in the fiscal 2003 loss from discontinued operations is an asset impairment charge of 
$6.9 million and a goodwill impairment charge of $5.7 million.  

28 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss). Our net income in fiscal 2004 was $55.9 million compared to a net loss of $76.7 million in fiscal 2003, 
for the reasons enumerated above.  

Fiscal Years Ended September 30, 2003 and September 30, 2002  

Bookings  and  Backlog.  During  the  fiscal  year  ended  September  30,  2003  we  recorded  bookings  of  $488.8  million 
compared to $444.4 million in fiscal 2002. At September 30, 2003, the backlog of customer orders totaled $59.9 million, 
compared  to  $49.0  million  at  September  30,  2002.  Since  the  timing  of  deliveries  may  vary  and  orders  are  generally 
subject to cancellation, our backlog as of any date may not be indicative of net sales for any succeeding period.  

Sales  

Business segment net sales:  

Equipment
Packaging materials
Test interconnect
Other 

            (dollars amounts in thousands)
           Fiscal year ended September 30,
%
Change

2003

2002

$      

$     

169,469
157,176
114,698
222
441,565

198,447
174,471
104,882
135
477,935

17.1%
11.0%
-8.6%
-39.2%
8.2%

$     

$    

Sales. Net sales from continuing operations for the year ended September 30, 2003 were $477.9 million, an increase of 
8.2% from $441.6 million in fiscal 2002.  

Equipment sales were 17.1% higher in fiscal 2003 compared to the prior year due primarily to a 46.3% increase in unit 
sales of automatic ball bonders, which is the dominant product in the equipment business segment. The increase in ball 
bonder  unit  sales  was  partially  offset  by  lower  sales  of  other  bonding  machines  and  accessories.  The  blended  average 
selling  price  per  automatic  ball  bonder  unit  (ASP)  in  fiscal  2003  was  flat  compared  to  the  prior  year.  However,  ASPs 
generally go down over time for any particular model. To mitigate this we introduce new models with additional features 
that enable us to demand a higher selling price. The blended ASP varies with the proportion of newer models sold and 
with customer mix.  

Packaging material sales in fiscal 2003 were 11.0% higher then the prior year. Our capillary unit sales were up 12.2% in 
fiscal 2003, while our blended capillary ASP was 5.1% below the prior year. Blended capillary ASP is a function of the 
general  decline  in  unit  prices  and  mix  between  high  and  low  end  capillaries.  High  end  capillaries  support  advanced 
packaging  applications  and  have  higher  ASP’s.  As  in  our  equipment  business,  we  introduce  new  capillaries  with 
additional features that enable us to demand a higher selling price. Our wire unit sales (measured in Kft) decreased 9.4% 
in  fiscal  2003 due primarily  to  a  shift  in  product  mix  from  the  prior  year.  The  lower wire  unit  sales  were  offset  by  an 
average increase of 16.2% in the price of gold, which is reflected in our gold wire ASP. The price of gold has a significant 
impact on our wire ASP and can fluctuate significantly from period to period. In fiscal 2003, the increase in the price of 
gold accounted for $13.9 million of the sales increase over the prior year.  

Our  test  interconnect  sales  in  fiscal  2003  were  8.6%  below  the  prior  year  due  primarily  to  lower  unit  sales  in  our 
cantilever product lines, partially offset by higher sales of vertical and package test products. ASPs are not meaningful in 
the test business due to lack of a standard unit of measure and the large difference in part types sold. As such, ASPs are 
not a metric used by the Company’s management.  

The majority of our sales are to customers that are located outside of the United States or have manufacturing facilities 
outside  of  the  United  States.  Shipments  of  our  products  with  ultimate  foreign  destinations  comprised  80%  of  our  total 
sales  in  fiscal  2003  compared  to  74%  in  the  prior  fiscal  year.  The  majority  of  these  foreign  sales  were  to  customer 

29 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
        
       
        
       
               
              
locations in the Asia/Pacific region, including Taiwan, Malaysia, Singapore, Korea and Japan. Taiwan accounted for the 
largest single destination for our product shipments with 20.6% of our shipments in fiscal 2003 compared to 25.1% of our 
shipments in the prior fiscal year.  

Gross Profit  

Equipment
Packaging materials
Test interconnect
Other

            (dollars amounts in thousands)
           Fiscal year ended September 30,

2002

%
Sales

2003

$     

26,504
39,096
35,012
208
100,820

$   

15.6%
24.9%
30.5%
93.7%
22.8%

$     

69,355
41,692
17,026
135
128,208

$  

%
Sales

34.9%
23.9%
16.2%
100.0%
26.8%

Gross profit. Gross profit increased to $128.2 million in fiscal 2003 from $100.8 million in fiscal 2002. Included in the 
results  for  fiscal  2003  and  fiscal  2002  are  charges  for  inventory  write-downs  of  $5.1  million  and  $14.4  million, 
respectively.  The  inventory  write-down  charge  in  fiscal  2003  was  due  primarily  to  excess  and  obsolete  inventory  and 
discontinued  products.  The  charge  for  inventory  write-downs  in  fiscal  2002  includes  three  distinct  components:  $7.8 
million related to the write-down of spare parts inventories; $5.2 million associated with the discontinuance of our model 
7700  dual  spindle  saw;  and  $1.3  million  related  to  excess  and  obsolete  inventory.  We  provide  reserves  for  equipment 
inventory  and  for  spare  parts  and  consumables  inventory  considered  to  be  in  excess  of  18  months  of  forecasted  future 
demand. The forecasted demand is based upon internal projections, historical sales volumes, customer order activity and 
review of consumable inventory levels at our customers’ facilities. We communicate forecasts of our future demand to 
suppliers  and  adjust  commitments  to  those  suppliers  accordingly.  We  review  and  dispose  of  our  excess  and  obsolete 
inventory  on  a  regular  basis.  In  fiscal  2003  we  disposed  of $9.6  million  of  excess  and  obsolete  inventory  and  in fiscal 
2002 we disposed of $18.6 million of excess and obsolete inventory. The charges for inventory write-downs in fiscal 2003 
and fiscal 2002 primarily involve items that are not part of our continuing product offerings and accordingly, should not 
have a significant impact on our future business or profitability.  

Our equipment gross margin increased 19.3 percentage points from the prior year, of which 7.8 percentage points was due 
to the inventory write-offs discussed above. Excluding these inventory write-offs, equipment gross margin increased by 
11.5 percentage points, due to 13.9% reduction in the cost per ball bonder unit produced. Our lower cost per unit reflected 
the lowering of production costs over a product life cycle along with a change in product mix and our continuing efforts to 
drive down our cost structure.  

Our packaging materials gross margin was adversely affected by the higher price of gold in fiscal 2003 compared to fiscal 
2002, which makes up a significant portion of our wire cost of sales. However, the higher capillary unit sales accounted 
for the increase in gross profit dollars.  

Our test interconnect gross margin decreased 14.3 percentage points from fiscal 2002, of which 3.2 percentage points was 
due  to  the  inventory  write-offs  discussed  above.  Lower  sales  and  associated  gross  profit  accounted  for  the  remaining 
reduction in test gross margin.  

30 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
       
       
       
            
            
Operating Expenses  

Selling, general and administrative
Research and development, net
Resizing(recovery) costs
Asset impairment 
Goodwill impairment
Amortization of intangible assets
Loss on sale of product lines

            (dollars amounts in thousands)
           Fiscal year ended September 30,

2002

%
Sales

2003

%
Sales

$   

135,054
51,929
18,768
31,594
74,295
9,864
-
321,504

$   

30.6%
11.8%
4.3%
7.2%
16.8%
2.2%
0.0%
72.8%

$    

102,327
38,121
(475)
3,629
-
9,260
5,257
158,119

$   

21.4%
8.0%
-0.1%
0.8%
0.0%
1.9%
1.1%
33.1%

Selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses.  Selling,  general  and  administrative  (referred  to  as  SG&A)  expenses 
decreased $32.7 million in fiscal 2003 or 24.2% from $135.1 million in fiscal 2002 to $102.3 million in fiscal 2003. The 
lower SG&A expenses in fiscal 2003 resulted primarily from our cost saving initiatives, principally related to reductions 
in  employment  levels.  Included  in  the  SG&A  expense  for  fiscal  2003  were  costs  associated  with  workforce  reductions 
(severance)  of  $5.2  million,  start-up  costs  for  our  new  China  facility  of  approximately  $2.0  million  and  a  $0.7  million 
charge for the early termination of an information technology services agreement partially offset by the favorable reversal 
of  a  $2.0  million  reserve,  previously  established  for  potential  obligations  to  U.S.  Customs.  Included  in  the  fiscal  2002 
SG&A expense were workforce reductions (severance) of $5.0 million and training and start-up costs for our new China 
facility of $2.2 million.  

The workforce reduction/severance charges identified in the previous paragraph were included in SG&A expense because 
they  were  not  related  to  formal  and  distinct  restructuring  programs,  but  rather,  they  were  normal  and  recurring 
management of employment levels in response to business conditions and our ongoing effort to reduce our cost structure. 
Also, if the business conditions had improved, we were prepared to rehire some of these terminated individuals. These 
charges are in contrast to the formal and distinct resizing programs we established in prior fiscal years.  

Research  and  development  .  Research  and  development  (“R&D”)  expense  in  fiscal  2003  decreased  $13.8  million  or 
26.6% from fiscal 2002. The lower R&D expense in fiscal 2003 was primarily due to the closure of our substrate business 
unit in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2002 and lower payroll and related expenses due to our ongoing cost reduction efforts.  

Resizing: The semiconductor industry has been volatile, with sharp periodic downturns. The industry experienced excess 
capacity  and  a  severe  contraction  in  demand  for  semiconductor  manufacturing  equipment  during  our  fiscal  2001,  2002 
and most of 2003. We developed formal resizing plans in response to these changes in our business environment with the 
intent to align our cost structure with anticipated revenue levels. Accounting for resizing activities requires an evaluation 
of  formally  agreed  upon  and  approved  plans.  We  documented  and  committed  to  these  plans  to  reduce  spending  that 
included  facility  closings/rationalizations  and  reductions  in  workforce.  We  recorded  the  expense  associated  with  these 
plans in the period that it committed to carry-out the plans. Although we  make every attempt to consolidate all known 
resizing activities into one plan, the extreme cycles and rapidly changing forecasting environment places limitations on 
achieving this objective. The recognition of a resizing event does not necessarily preclude similar but unrelated actions in 
future periods.  

In fiscal 2003, we reversed $475 thousand ($205 thousand in the first half of 2003) of these resizing charges due to the 
actual severance cost associated with the terminated positions being less than the cost originally estimated. We recorded 
resizing charges of $18.8 million in fiscal 2002 and $4.2 million in fiscal 2001.  

In addition to the formal resizing costs identified below, we continued to downsize our operations in fiscal 2002 and 2003. 
These downsizing efforts resulted in workforce reduction charges of $5.6 million in fiscal 2003 and $5.0 million in fiscal 
2002. In contrast to the resizing plans discussed above, these workforce reductions were not related to formal or distinct 
restructurings, but rather, the normal and recurring management of employment levels in response to business conditions 

31 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
        
       
            
       
          
       
              
         
          
             
          
and our ongoing effort to reduce our cost structure. In addition, during fiscal 2003, if the business conditions were to have 
improved, we were prepared to rehire some of these terminated individuals. These recurring workforce reduction charges 
were recorded as SG&A expenses.  

A summary of the formal resizing plans initiated in fiscal 2002 and 2001 and acquisition restructuring plans initiated in 
fiscal 2001 appears below:  

 Fiscal 2001 and 2002 Resizing Plans and 
Acquisition Restructurings 

Provision for resizing plans in fiscal 2001
Acquisition restructurings
Payment of obligations in fiscal 2001 
     Balance, September 30, 2001

Provision for resizing plans in fiscal 2002:
   Continuing operations
   Discontinued operations
Payment of obligations in fiscal 2002
     Balance, September 30, 2002

 Change in estimate
Payment of obligations in fiscal 2003
     Balance, September 30, 2003

Severance and 
Benefits 

$              

4,166
84
(2,101)
                2,149 

9,486
893
(7,551)
                4,977 

(475)
(3,590)
$                912 

(in thousands)

 Commitments 

Total

$                 
-
1,402
(213)
                1,189 

$                

4,166
1,486
(2,314)
                   3,338 

9,282
-
(1,470)
                9,001 

(3,211)
$             5,790 

18,768
893
(9,021)
                 13,978 

(475)
(6,801)
 $                6,702 

The remaining balance of the resizing costs is included in accrued liabilities.  

The individual resizing plans and acquisition restructuring plans initiated in fiscal 2002 and 2001 are identified below:  

Charges in Fiscal Year 2002  

Fourth Quarter 2002  

In  January  1999,  we  acquired  the  advanced  substrate  technology  of  MicroModule  Systems,  a  Cupertino,  California 
company,  to  enable  production  of  high  density  substrates.  While  showing  some  progress  in  developing  the  substrate 
technology,  the  business  was  not  profitable  and  would  have  required  additional  capital  and  operating  cash  to  complete 
development  of  the  technology.  In  light  of  the  business  downturn  that  was  affecting  the  semiconductor  industry  at  the 
time,  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  2002,  we  announced  that  we  could  not  afford  further  development  of  the  substrate 
technology  and  would  close  our  substrate  operations.  As  a  result,  we  recorded  a  resizing  charge  of  $8.5  million.  The 
resizing charge included a severance charge of $1.2 million for the elimination of 48 positions and lease obligations of 
$7.3  million.  We  expected,  and  achieved,  annual  payroll  related  savings  of  approximately  $4.2  million  and  annual 
facility/operating  savings  of  approximately  $3.9  million  as  a  result  of  this  resizing  plan.  By  June  30,  2003,  all  the 
positions had been eliminated. The plans have been completed but cash payments for the lease obligations are expected to 
continue  into 2006, or  such  time  as  the  obligations  can  be  satisfied.  In addition  to  these  resizing  charges,  in  the fourth 
quarter of fiscal 2002, we wrote-off $7.3 million of fixed assets and $1.1 million of intangible assets associated with the 
closure of the substrate operation. This substrate business was included in our then existing Advanced Packaging business 
segment.  

32 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                     
                
                  
              
                 
                 
                
                
                
                   
                   
                     
              
              
                 
                 
                    
              
              
                 
The resizing costs were included in accrued liabilities. The table below details the activity related to this resizing program 
during fiscal 2002 and 2003:  

Fourth Quarter 2002 Charge

Provision for resizing
    Balance, September 30, 2002
 Change in estimate:

 Change in estimate
Payment of obligations
     Balance, September 30, 2003

Third Quarter 2002  

(in thousands)

Severance and 
Benefits 

 Commitments 

Total

 $             1,231 
1,231

 $             7,280 
7,280

$                

8,511
8,511

(102)
(1,051)
78

$                  

-
(2,401)
4,879

$             

(102)
(3,452)
4,957

$               

As a result of the continuing downturn in the semiconductor industry and our desire to improve the performance of its test 
business  segment,  we  decided  to  move  towards  a  24  hour  per-day  manufacturing  model  in  its  major  U.S.  wafer  test 
facility, which would provide its customers with faster turn-around time and delivery of orders and economies of scale in 
manufacturing.  As  a  result,  in  the  third  quarter  of  fiscal  2002,  we  announced  a  resizing  plan  to  reduce  headcount  and 
consolidate  manufacturing  in  its  test  business  segment.  As  part  of  this  plan,  we  moved  manufacturing  of  wafer  test 
products  from  our  facilities  in  Gilbert,  Arizona  and  Austin,  Texas  to  our  facilities  in  San  Jose,  California  and  Dallas, 
Texas and from our Kaohsuing, Taiwan facility to our Hsin Chu, Taiwan facility. The resizing plan included a severance 
charge of $1.6  million for the elimination of 149 positions as a result of the manufacturing consolidation. The resizing 
plan also included a charge of $0.5 million associated with the closure of the Kaohsuing, Taiwan facility and an Austin, 
Texas  facility  representing  costs  of  non-cancelable  lease  obligations  beyond  the  facility  closure  and  costs  required  to 
restore  the  production  facilities  to  their  original  state.  We  expected,  and  achieved,  annual  payroll  related  savings  of 
approximately  $6.9  million  and  annual  facility/operating  savings  of  approximately  $84  thousand  as  a  result  of  this 
resizing  plan.  All  of  the  positions  have  been  eliminated  and  both  facilities  have  been  closed.  The  plans  have  been 
completed  but  cash  payments  for  the  severance  are  expected  to  continue  through  fiscal  2005  and  cash  payments  for 
facility and contractual obligations are expected to continue through 2004, or such earlier time as the obligations can be 
satisfied.  

The resizing costs were included in accrued liabilities. The table below details the activity related to this resizing program 
during fiscal 2002 and 2003.  

Third Quarter 2002 Charge

Provision for resizing

Payment of obligations
     Balance, September 30, 2002
Payment of obligations
     Balance, September 30, 2003

Second Quarter 2002  

(in thousands)

Severance and 
Benefits 

 Commitments 

Total

 $             1,652 

 $                452 

$                

2,104

                  (547)
1,105
(800)
305

$                

                  (219)
233
(72)
161

$                

(766)
1,338
(872)
466

$                  

As  a  result  of  the  continuing  downturn  in  the  semiconductor  industry  and  our  desire  to  more  efficiently  manage  our 
business,  in  the  second  quarter  of  fiscal  2002,  we  announced  a  resizing  plan  comprised  of  a  functional  realignment  of 
business  management  and  the  consolidation  and  closure  of  certain  facilities.  In  connection  with  the  resizing  plan,  we 

33 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                
                
                  
   
                 
                   
                    
              
              
                 
                    
                
                   
                  
                 
                   
                    
recorded a charge of $11.3 million ($10.4 million in continuing operations and $0.9 million in discontinued operations), 
consisting  of  severance  and  benefits  of  $9.7  million  for  372  positions  that  were  to  be  eliminated  as  a  result  of  the 
functional  realignment,  facility  consolidation,  the  shift  of  certain  manufacturing  to  China  (including  our  hub  blade 
business) and the move of our microelectronics products to Singapore and a charge of $1.6 million for the cost of lease 
commitments beyond the closure date of facilities to be exited as part of the facility consolidation plan.  

In the second quarter of fiscal 2002, we closed five test facilities: two in the United States, one in France, one in Malaysia, 
and one in Singapore. These operations were absorbed into other company facilities. The resizing charge for the facility 
consolidation  reflects  the  cost  of  lease  commitments  beyond  the  exit  dates  that  are  associated  with  these  closed  test 
facilities.  

To reduce our short term cash requirements, we decided, in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2002, not to relocate either our hub 
blade  manufacturing  facility  from  the  United  States  to  China  or  our  microelectronics  product  manufacturing  from  the 
United States to Singapore, as previously announced. This change in our facility relocation plan resulted in a reversal of 
$1.6  million  of  the  resizing  costs  recorded  in  the  second  quarter  of  fiscal  2002.  As  a  result,  we  reduced  our  expected 
annual savings from this resizing plan for payroll related expenses by approximately $4.7 million.  

Also  in  the fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  2002, we  reversed $600  thousand ($590  thousand  in  continuing  operations  and $10 
thousand  in  discontinued  operations)  of  the  severance  resizing  expenses  and  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  2003  we 
reversed  $353  thousand  of  resizing  expenses,  previously  recorded  in  the  second  quarter  of  fiscal  2002,  due  to  actual 
severance costs associated with the terminated positions being less than those estimated as a result of employees leaving 
the Company before they were severed.  

As a result of the functional realignment, we terminated employees at all levels of the organization from factory workers 
to  vice  presidents.  The  organizational  change  shifted  management  of  the  Company  businesses  to  functional  (i.e.  sales, 
manufacturing,  research  and  development,  etc.)  areas  across  product  lines  rather  than  by  product  line.  For  example, 
research  and  development  activities  for  the  entire  company  are  now  controlled  and  coordinated  by  one  corporate  vice 
president  under  the  functional  organizational  structure,  rather  than  separately  by  each  business  unit.  This  structure 
provides for a more efficient allocation of human and capital resources to achieve corporate R&D initiatives.  

We  expected  annual  payroll  related  savings  of  approximately  $17.3  million  and  annual  facility/operating  savings  of 
approximately $660 thousand as a result of this resizing plan. As a result of the decision not to relocate either our hub 
blade manufacturing facility or its microelectronics product manufacturing, we ultimately achieved annual payroll related 
savings of approximately $12.7 million. The plans have been completed but cash payments for the severance charges and 
the facility and contractual obligations are expected to continue into fiscal 2005, or such time as the obligations can be 
satisfied.  

The resizing costs were included in accrued liabilities. The table below details the activity related to this resizing program 
during fiscal 2002 and 2003.  

Second Quarter 2002 Charge

Provision for resizing - Continuing operations
Provision for resizing - Discontinued operations
Change in estimate - Continuing operations
Change in estimate - Discontinued operations
Payment of obligations
     Balance, September 30, 2002
Change in estimate
Payment of obligations
     Balance, September 30, 2003

Severance and 
Benefits 

 $             8,830 
                   903 
               (2,227)
                    (10)
               (5,367)
2,129
(353)
(1,284)
492

$                

34 

(in thousands)

 Commitments 

Total

$              

 (1) 

 (1) 

 $             1,550 
                      -   
                      -   
                      -   
                    (81)
1,469
-
(719)
750

$                

10,380
903
(2,227)
(10)
(5,448)
3,598
(353)
(2,003)
1,242

$               

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                     
                 
                      
                 
                
                
                  
                 
                   
                    
              
                 
                 
(1)  Includes $2.6 million non-cash charge for modifications of stock option awards that were granted prior to December  
       31,  2001  to  the  employees  affected  by  the  resizing  plans  in  accordance  with  our  annual  grant  of  stock  options  to  
        employees 

Charges in Fiscal Year 2001  

Fourth Quarter 2001  

As  part  of our  efforts  to  more  efficiently  manage our  business  and  reduce  operating  costs,  we  announced  in  the  fourth 
quarter of fiscal 2001 that we would close our bonding wire facility in the United States and move the production capacity 
to our bonding wire facility in Singapore. We recorded a resizing charge for severance of $2.4 million for the elimination 
of  215  positions,  all  of  which  had  been  terminated  at  September  30,  2002.  We  expected,  and  achieved,  annual  payroll 
related  savings  of  approximately  $11.5  million.  Also  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  2001,  we  recorded  an  increase  to 
goodwill  of  $0.8  million,  in  connection  with  the  acquisition  of  Probe  Technology,  for  additional  lease  costs  associated 
with the elimination of four duplicate facilities in the United States. The plans have been completed but cash payments for 
the severance charge were expected to continue through 2004.  

The resizing costs were included in accrued liabilities. The table below details the activity related to this resizing program 
during fiscal 2001, 2002 and 2003.  

Fourth Quarter 2001 Charge

Provision for resizing
Acquisition restructuring
Payment of obligations
     Balance, September 30, 2001

Payment of obligations
     Balance, September 30, 2002
Change in estimate

Payment of obligations
      Balance, September 30, 2003

Second Quarter 2001  

Severance and 
Benefits 

$              

2,457
-
(402)
                2,055 

               (1,543)
512
(20)

                  (455)
$                  
37

(in thousands)

 Commitments 

Total

-
$                 
840
-

                   840 

$              

2,457
840
(402)
                2,895 

(840)
-

(2,383)
512
(20)

$                

-
-

$                  

(455)
37

As  a  result  of  a  downturn  in  the  semiconductor  industry,  in  the  quarter  ended  March  31,  2001,  we  announced  a  7.0% 
reduction in our workforce. As a result, we recorded a resizing charge for severance of $1.7 million for the elimination of 
296 positions across all levels of the organization, all of which were terminated prior to March 31, 2002. We expected, 
and  achieved,  annual  payroll  related  savings  of  approximately  $7  million.  In  connection  with  our  acquisition  of  Probe 
Tech, we also recorded an increase to goodwill for $0.6 million for severance, lease and other facility charges related to 
the elimination of four leased Probe Technology facilities in the United States, which were found to be duplicative with 
the Cerprobe facilities. The plans have been completed and there will be no additional cash payments related to severance 
and facility obligations under this program.  

35 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                   
                   
                   
                 
                   
                 
                 
              
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                 
The resizing costs were included in accrued liabilities. The table below details the activity related to this resizing program 
during fiscal 2001, 2002 and 2003:  

Second Quarter 2001 Charge

Provision for resizing
Acquisition restructuring
Payment of obligations
       Balance, September 30, 2001

Payment of obligations
       Balance, September 30, 2002

Payment of obligations
       Balance, September 30, 2003

Severance and 
Benefits 

$              

1,709
84
(1,699)
                     94 

                    (94)

-

              - 
-

$                

(in thousands)

 Commitments 

Total

-
$                 
562
(213)
                   349 

                  (330)
19

                    (19)
$                

-

$              

1,709
646
(1,912)
                   443 

(424)
19

(19)
$                 
-

Asset impairment. In addition to the workforce resizings and the facility consolidations, over the past two fiscal years we 
have terminated several of our major initiatives in an effort to more closely align our cost structure with expected revenue 
levels. As a result, we recorded asset impairment charges of $3.6 million in fiscal 2003 and $31.6 million in fiscal 2002. 
The fiscal 2003 charge included: $1.7 million associated with the discontinuation of a test product; $1.2 million due to the 
reduction in the size of a test facility  in Dallas, Texas; and $730 thousand resulting from the write-down of assets that 
were sold and assets that became obsolete. The fiscal 2002 charge included: $16.9 million associated with the cancellation 
of  a  company-wide  integrated  information  system;  $8.4  million  associated  with  the  closure  of  the  substrates  operation; 
$3.6 million charge for the write-off of development and license costs of certain engineering and manufacturing software, 
which had not yet been completed or placed in service and would never be utilized; $1.4 million associated with a closed 
wire  facility  in  Taiwan;  and  $1.3  million  related  to  leasehold  improvements  at  the  leased  probe  card  manufacturing 
facilities in Malaysia and the United States, which have been closed.  

We  also  recorded  an  asset  impairment  charge  of  $6.9  million,  to  write-down  assets  to  their  realizable  value,  in  our 
discontinued operation.  

Goodwill  impairment.  Effective  October  1,  2001,  we  adopted  SFAS  142,  Goodwill  and  Other  Intangible  Assets.  The 
intangible  assets  that  are  classified  as  goodwill  and  those  with  indefinite  lives  are  no  longer  amortized  under  the 
provisions of this standard. Intangible assets with determinable lives continue to be amortized over their estimated useful 
life. We perform our annual impairment test at the end of the fourth quarter of each fiscal year, which coincides with the 
completion of our annual forecasting process. We also test for impairment between our annual tests if a “trigger” event 
occurs that may have the effect of reducing the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying value. When conducting 
our goodwill impairment analysis, we calculate our potential impairment charges based on the two-step test identified in 
SFAS 142 and using the implied fair value of the respective reporting units. We use the present value of future cash flows 
from the respective reporting units to determine the implied fair value. Our intangible assets other than goodwill are tested 
for impairment based on undiscounted cash flows, and if impaired, written-down to fair value based on either discounted 
cash flows or appraised values. Our intangible assets are comprised of customer accounts and complete technology in its 
test interconnect business segment. We manage and value our complete technology in the aggregate as one asset group.  

In fiscal 2002, we reviewed our business and determined that there are five reporting units to be reviewed for impairment 
in  accordance  with  the  standard  –  the  reporting  units  were:  the  bonding  wire,  hub  blade,  substrate,  flip  chip  and  test 
businesses. The bonding wire and hub blade businesses were included in our packaging materials segment, the substrate 
business was included in our advanced packaging segment, the test business comprised our test segment and the flip chip 
business unit is included in discontinued operations. There is no goodwill associated with our equipment segment. Upon 
adoption  of  SFAS  142  in  the  first  quarter  of  fiscal  2002,  we  completed  the  required  transitional  impairment  testing  of 
intangible assets, and based upon those analyses, did not identify any impairment charges as a result of adoption of this 
standard effective October 1, 2001.  

36 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                     
                   
                   
              
                 
              
                 
                   
                     
                     
                   
Upon  adoption  of  the  standard  in  fiscal  2002,  we  reclassified  $17.2  million  of  intangible  assets  relating  to  an  acquired 
workforce  in  the  test  reporting  unit  into  goodwill  and  correspondingly  reduced  goodwill  by  $4.9  million  of  goodwill 
associated  with  a  deferred  tax  liability  established  for  timing  differences  of  U.S.  income  taxes  on  the  workforce 
intangible. Also in fiscal 2002, we reduced goodwill associated with the test reporting unit by $1.5 million reflecting the 
settlement  of  a  purchase  price  dispute  with  the  former  owners  of  Probe  Technology  and  increased  goodwill  associated 
with  its  flip  chip  reporting  unit  by  $96  thousand  reflecting  an  increase  in  the  cost  to  purchase  the  former  joint  venture 
partner’s equity share.  

In fiscal 2001, 2002 and 2003, the semiconductor industry experienced a severe industry downturn. Due to the prolonged 
nature of the industry downturn, we continually recalibrated our businesses and projections of future operating activities. 
We saw an up-tick in our business in the spring of 2002 and at that time believed we were emerging from the effects of an 
industry downturn. However, this up-tick in business was not sustained and our business turned back down in the second 
half of fiscal 2002. By the end of our fiscal 2002, our recalibrated forecasts of future cash flows from our test, hub blades 
and substrate reporting units were substantially lower than in the beginning of that fiscal year, which lead to the closing of 
the  substrate  business  and  an  associated  write-off  of  all  the  substrate  intangible  assets  of  $1.1  million  and  goodwill 
impairment charges in the test business of $72.0 million and in our hub blades business of $2.3 million. Likewise, by the 
end of fiscal 2003, our forecast of future cash flows from our flip chip business unit were lower than previous forecasts 
and  resulted  in  goodwill  and  asset  impairment  charges  of  $5.7  million  and  the  subsequent  sale  of  the  assets  of  this 
business.  We  recorded  goodwill  impairment  charges  in  the  period  in  which  our  analysis  of  future  business  conditions 
indicated that the reporting unit’s fair value, and the implied value of its goodwill, was less than its carrying value.  

Due to the amount of goodwill associated with our test reporting unit, we retained a third party valuation firm to assist 
management  in  estimating  the  test  reporting  unit’s  fair  value  at  September  30,  2002.  The  appraisal  was  based  on 
discounted cash flows of this reporting unit. The estimated fair value was determined using our weighted average cost of 
capital. The estimated fair value was then corroborated by comparing the implied multiples applicable to the test reporting 
unit’s projected earning to “guideline” companies’ forward earnings and based on this it was determined that they were 
within  the  range  of  the  “guideline”  companies.  The  fair  value  of  our  test  reporting  unit  at  September  30,  2003  was 
determined  in  the  same  manner,  however,  as  it  was  greater  than  the  carrying  value  of  the  reporting  unit,  there  was  no 
goodwill impairment.  

We also recorded a goodwill impairment charge at September 30, 2002 in our hub blade reporting unit. We calculated the 
fair  value  of  this  reporting  unit  based  on  the  present  value  of  its  projected  future  cash.  The  estimated  fair  value  was 
determined  using  our  weighted  average  cost  of  capital.  The  triggering  event  for  this  impairment  charge  was  the 
recalibrated forecasts, in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2002, when we first determined that the fair value of the hub blade 
reporting unit was less than its carrying value.  

In  September  2003,  we  recorded  a  goodwill  impairment  charge  at  our  flip  chip  business  unit.  The  fair  value  of  this 
reporting unit was determined using quoted prices from potential purchasers of this reporting unit. The quoted prices were 
subsequently confirmed upon the sale of the assets of the flip chip reporting unit in February of 2004. The triggering event 
for this impairment charge was also recalibrated forecasts in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003, when we first determined 
that the fair value of our flip chip reporting unit was less than its carrying value.  

Amortization of goodwill and intangibles  

Amortization expense was $9.3 million in fiscal 2003 compared to $9.9 million in fiscal 2002. The lower amortization 
expense in fiscal 2003 was due to the elimination of amortization expense in fiscal 2003 on acquired technology at our 
former substrate business that was written-off upon the closure of this business in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2002. The 
amortization expense in fiscal 2003 is associated with the intangible assets of our test business unit.  

Loss on sale of product lines. In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003, we sold the fixed assets, inventories and intellectual 
property  associated  with  our  sawing  and  hard  material  blade  product  lines  for  $1.2  million  in  cash.  We  wrote-off  $6.5 
million of net assets associated with the transaction. In addition, we sold the assets associated with our polymers business 
for $105 thousand. This loss on sale of product lines of $5.3 million has been reclassified to be included in our operating 
expenses section of the consolidated statement of operations, from its prior presentation outside of the operating results.  

37 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income (loss) from Operations  

Income (loss) from operations by segment appears below: 

                  (dollars amounts in thousands)
              Fiscal year ended September 30, 
%
Sales

2003

2002

Equipment
Packaging materials
Test interconnect
Corporate and other

$         

(65,462)
6,518
(95,065)
(66,675)
(220,684)

$      

-38.6%
4.1%
-82.9%
NA
-50.0%

$     

(2,323)
15,008
(27,192)
(15,404)
(29,911)

$  

%
Sales

-1.2%
8.6%
-25.9%
NA
-6.3%

Our loss from operations in fiscal 2003 was $29.9 million compared to $220.7 million in the prior fiscal year. The smaller 
operating loss in fiscal 2003 compared to fiscal 2002 was due primarily to higher sales and gross profit, lower SG&A and 
R&D expenses, no resizing expenses, and lower asset and goodwill impairment charges.  

Equipment operating loss was reduced from $65.5 million to $2.3 million due primarily to higher sales and gross profit 
and lower operating costs. Packaging materials operating income increased by $8.5 million or 130.3% due primarily to 
recording $5.2 million of assets and goodwill impairment charges in the prior year and higher sales and gross profit in the 
current year. Test interconnect operating loss was $67.9 million less then the prior year due primarily to recording $73.2 
million  of  goodwill  and  assets  impairment  charges  in  the  prior  year  compared  to  $3.1  million  of  assets  impairment 
charges  in  fiscal  2003.  In  order  to  improve  the  operating  results  of  this  business,  we  plan  to  consolidate  test  facilities, 
transfer a greater portion of the test production to our Asian facilities, outsourcing a greater portion of the test production, 
and new product introductions. We expect implementation of this plan will continue through 2005 and will result in future 
period charges and/or restructuring charges. Our loss from corporate and other activities was $51.3 million less than the 
prior year due to asset impairment charges of $25.3 million and operating costs of our former substrate operation recorded 
in the prior year.  

Interest. Interest income in fiscal 2003 was $940 thousand compared to $3.8 million in the prior year. The lower interest 
income was due primarily to lower cash balances to invest coupled with lower interest rates on short-term investments. 
Interest expense was $17.4 million in fiscal 2003 compared to $18.7 million in the prior year. The lower interest expense 
in fiscal 2003 resulted from the elimination in fiscal 2003 of interest associated with a receivable securitization program, 
which was cancelled in July of 2002.  

Other income and minority interest . Other income of $2.0 million in fiscal 2002 was associated with the cash settlement 
of an insurance claim associated with a fire in our bonding tools facility. Other income also includes minority interest of 
$10 thousand in fiscal 2002 for the portion of the loss of a foreign test division subsidiary that was owned by a third party. 
We purchased the third party’s interest in fiscal 2002.  

Tax expense. We recognized tax expense of $7.6 million in fiscal 2003 compared to $32.6 million in fiscal 2002. The tax 
expense in fiscal 2003 represents income tax on foreign earnings and reserves for foreign withholding tax on repatriation 
of  certain  foreign  earnings.  In  fiscal  2003  we  established  a  valuation  allowance  of  $12.1  million  against  our  U.S  and 
foreign  net  operating  losses. The  tax  expense  in  fiscal  2002 was  due  primarily  to  a  $65.3  million  charge  to  establish  a 
valuation allowance against our U.S. net operating loss carryforwards, a $25.0 million charge to provide for tax expense 
on repatriation of certain foreign earnings and foreign income taxes of $7.1 million. These charges were partially offset by 
a benefit of $49.5 million from the pretax loss in the U.S.  

Discontinued  Operations.  The  net  loss  of  our  former  Flip  Chip  business  unit  comprises  our  discontinued  operations. 
Included  in  the  fiscal  2003  loss  from  discontinued  operations  are  an  asset  impairment  charge  of  $6.9  million  and  a 
goodwill impairment charge of $5.7 million.  

Net loss. Our net loss for fiscal 2003 was $76.7 million compared to a net loss of $274.1 million in fiscal 2002, for the 
reasons enumerated above.  

38 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
              
      
           
     
           
     
Quarterly Results of Operations 

The  table  below  shows  our  quarterly  net  sales,  gross  profit  and  operating  income  (loss)  by  quarter  for  fiscal  2004  and 
2003: 

Fiscal 2004

First  
Quarter

Second 
Quarter

(in thousands)
Third  
Quarter

Net sales                                                          
Gross profit                                                      
Income (loss) from operations

$   

153,869
47,362
12,155

Fiscal 2003

Net sales
Gross profit
Loss from operations

First 
Quarter

$   

107,259
28,637
(9,696)

$   

221,771
76,534
34,409

Second
Quarter

$   

122,280
34,231
(8,079)

$   

194,628
65,072
29,299

Third
Quarter

$   

123,782
32,103
(4,105)

Fourth  
Quarter

$   

147,543
42,037
8,082

Fourth  
Quarter

$   

124,614
33,237
(8,031)

Total

$   

717,811
231,005
83,945

Total

$   

477,935
128,208
(29,911)

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES 

At September 30, 2004, total cash and investments were $95.8 million compared to $73.1 million at September 30, 2003. 
Cash and investments increased $22.7 million from September 30, 2003 due primarily to the following: 

•  We generated $71.3 million from operating activities, despite carrying higher accounts receivable and inventory 
of  $19.3  million  and  $23.4  million,  respectively,  compared  to  the  end  of  the  prior  year.  The  higher  accounts 
receivable and inventory reflected the sharp drop off in sales activity in the fourth quarter. The inventory increase 
also included $11.2 million of gold not included in the prior year; 

•  Our financing activities resulted in lowering our long term debt by $30 million and reducing our annual cash 

interest expense by $13.2 million, from September 30, 2003 to September 30, 2004, by; 
•  Raising $199.3 million in net proceeds from the issuance of 0.5% convertible subordinated notes; 
•  Raising $63.2 million in net proceeds from the issuance of 1.0% convertible subordinated notes; 
•  Spending $178.6 million to redeem all of our 4.75% convertible subordinated notes; 
•  Spending $127.4 million to redeem all of our 5.25% convertible subordinated notes. 

•  We spent $13.4 million on capital expenditures: some of the major projects were: $1.8 million on cantilever test 
production capacity; $1.5 million on advanced bonder development; $1.5 million on IT systems upgrades; $1.5 
million on tool production capacity; and $0.8 million on gold wire manufacturing capacity. 

•  We received $4.2 million from the exercise of stock options; and 
•  We received $3.4 million from the sale of our Flip Chip business unit. 

Our primary need for cash for the next fiscal year will be to provide the working capital necessary to meet our expected 
production  and  sales  levels  and  to  make  the  necessary  capital  expenditures  to  enhance  our  production  and  operating 
activities.    We  expect  our  fiscal  2005  capital  expenditure  needs  to  be  approximately  $20  million.    We  financed  our 
working capital needs and capital expenditure needs in fiscal 2004 through internally generated funds from our equipment 
and  packaging  materials  businesses  and  expect  to  continue  to  generate  cash  from  operating  activities  in  fiscal  2005  to 
meet our cash needs. We expect to use the excess cash generated from our equipment and packaging materials business to 
fund the operation of our test business until such time that our test performance improvement plans are complete and our 
test segment is self-funding. 

39 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
       
       
       
     
       
       
       
         
       
       
       
       
       
     
       
       
       
       
     
Our long term debt at September 30, 2003 and 2004 consisted of the following: 

Fiscal Year
of Maturity

2006
2007
2009
2010

Conversion
Price(1)
$      
19.75
$      
22.90
$      
20.33
$      
12.84

Rate

5.25%
4.75%
0.50%
1.00%

Type
Convertible Subordinated Notes
Convertible Subordinated Notes
Convertible Subordinated Notes
Convertible Subordinated Notes
Other(2)

Subject to adjustment. 

              (in thousands)
    Outstanding Balance at,
           September 30,

2003
125,000
175,000
-
-
338
300,338

$    

$    

2004
-
$          
-
205,000
65,000
5,725
275,725

$  

Includes a mortgage of $5.4 million held by a limited liability company which the Company began consolidating 
into its financial statements at December 31, 2003 in accordance with FIN 46. 

 (1) 

(2) 

In the quarter ended December 31, 2003, we issued $205 million of 0.5% Convertible Subordinated Notes in a private 
placement to qualified institutional investors. The notes mature on November 30, 2008, bear interest at 0.5% per annum 
and are convertible into common stock of the Company at a conversion price of $20.33 per share, subject to adjustment 
for certain events. The notes are general obligations of the Company and are subordinated to all senior debt. The notes 
rank equally with the Company’s 1.0% Convertible Subordinated Notes. There are no financial covenants associated with 
the notes and there are no restrictions on incurring additional debt or issuing or repurchasing our securities. Interest on the 
notes is payable on May 30 and November 30 each year. We used the majority of the net proceeds from the issuance of 
the 0.5% Convertible Subordinated Notes to redeem all of our $175 million of 4.75% Convertible Subordinated Notes at a 
redemption price equal to 102.036% of the principal amount of the 4.75% notes. We recorded a charge of $6.2 million 
associated  with  the  redemption  of  these  notes,  $2.6  million  of  which  was  due  to  the  write-off  of  unamortized  note 
issuance costs and $3.6 million due to the redemption premium.  

In the quarter ended June 30, 2004, we issued $65 million of 1.0% Convertible Subordinated Notes in a private placement 
to  qualified  institutional  investors.  The  Notes  mature  on  June  30,  2010,  bear  interest  at  1.0%  per  annum  and  are 
convertible into common stock of the Company at a conversion price of $12.84 per share, subject to adjustment for certain 
events.  The  conversion  rights  of  these  Notes  may  be  terminated  on  or  after  June  30,  2006  if  the  closing  price  of  our 
common stock has exceeded 140% of the conversion price then in effect for at least 20 trading days within a period of 30 
consecutive trading days. The notes are general obligations of the Company and are subordinated to all senior debt. The 
notes rank equally with our 0.5% Convertible Subordinated Notes. There are no financial covenants associated with the 
1.0% notes and there are no restrictions on incurring additional debt or issuing or repurchasing our securities. Interest on 
the notes is payable on June 30 and December 30 each year.  

We used the net proceeds from the issuance of the 1.0% Convertible Subordinated Notes along with cash remaining from 
the  issuance  of  the  0.5%  Convertible  Subordinated  Notes  and  cash  from  operations  to  purchase  all  of  our  5.25% 
Convertible  Subordinated  Notes  at  purchase  prices  between  101.0%  and  102.1%  of  the  principal  amount  of  the  5.25% 
notes. The Company recorded a charge of $4.4 million associated with the purchase of these notes, $2.0 million of which 
was due to the write-off of unamortized note issuance costs and $2.4 million due to the purchase premium.  

Under GAAP, certain obligations and commitments are not required to be included in our consolidated balance sheets and 
statements of operations. These obligations and commitments, while entered into in the normal course of business, may 
have a material impact on our liquidity. Certain of the following commitments as of September 30, 2004 have not been 
included in our consolidated balance sheet and statements of operations included in this Form 10-K; however, they have 
been disclosed in the following table in order to provide a more complete picture of our financial position and liquidity. 
The most significant of these are our operating lease commitments and inventory purchase obligations. 

40 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
            
              
     
              
       
         
The following table identifies obligations and contingent payments under various arrangements at September 30, 2004, 
including those not included in our consolidated balance sheet: 

Contractual Obligations:
  Long-term debt
  Capital Lease obligations
  Operating Lease obligations*
 Inventory Purchase obligations*

Commercial Commitments:
  Gold supply financing guarantee
  Standby Letters of Credit*

Total Contractual Obligations 
 and Commercial Commitments

Amounts
due in 
less than
1 year

$      

5,400
41
8,628
40,127

(in thousands)

Amounts
due in 
2-3 years

-
$          
82
9,609
-

Amounts
due in
4-5 years

$  

205,000
82
5,221
-

Amounts
due in 
more than
5 years

$    

65,000
120
10,619
-

Total

$  

275,400
325
34,077
40,127

11,196
3,094

11,196
3,094

-

-

-

$  

364,219

$   

68,486

$     

9,691

$ 

210,303

$    

75,739

*  Represents contractual amounts not reflected in the consolidated balance sheet at September 30, 2004. 

Long-term debt includes the amounts due under our 0.5% Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2008, 1.0% Convertible 
Subordinated  Notes  due  2010  and  a  mortgage  of  $5.4  million  held  by  a  limited  liability  company  which  the  Company 
began  consolidating  into  its  financial  statements  at  December  31,  2003  in  accordance  with  FIN  46.  The  capital  lease 
obligations principally relate to a building lease. The operating lease obligations represent obligations due under various 
facility  and  equipment  leases  with  terms  up  to  fifteen  years  in  duration.  Inventory  purchase  obligations  represent 
outstanding purchase commitments for inventory components ordered in the normal course of business. 

To reduce the cost to procure gold, we changed our gold supply financing arrangement in fiscal 2004. As a result, gold for 
wire  fabrication  is  no  longer  treated  as  consignment  goods  and  is  now  reflected  and  included  in  our  inventory  with  a 
corresponding  amount  in  accounts  payable.  At  September  30,  2004,  both  our  inventory  and  accounts  payable  included 
$11.2  million  of  this  gold  compared  to  none  at  September  30,  2003.  Although  we  no  longer  purchase  gold  on  a 
consignment basis, our obligation to pay for the gold generally does not arise, and the price we pay for the gold is not 
fixed, until we price and sell the gold wire to our customers. The guarantee for our gold supply financing arrangement is 
secured by the assets of our wire manufacturing subsidiary and contains restrictions on that subsidiary’s net worth, ratio of 
total liabilities to net worth, ratio of EBITDA to interest expense and ratio of current assets to current liabilities,  all of 
which we were within compliance. 

The  standby  letters  of  credit  represent  obligations  of  the  Company  in  lieu  of  security  deposits  for  a  facility  lease  and 
employee benefit programs. 

At September 30, 2004, the fair value of our $205.0 million 0.5% Convertible Subordinated Notes was $145.8 million, 
and  the  fair  value  of  our  $65.0  million  1.0%  Convertible  Subordinated  Notes  was  $47.5  million.  The  fair  values  were 
determined  using  quoted  market  prices  at  the  balance  sheet  date.  The  fair  value  of  our  other  assets  and  liabilities 
approximates the book value of those assets and liabilities. At September 30, 2004, the Standard & Poor’s rating on our 
0.5% convertible subordinated notes was CCC+ and our 1.0% convertible subordinated notes were not rated. 

We have a non-contributory defined benefit pension plan covering substantially all U.S. employees who were employed 
on  September  30,  1995.  The  benefits  for  this  plan  were  based  on  the  employees'  years  of  service  and  the  employees' 
compensation during the three years before retirement. Our funding policy is consistent with the funding requirements of 
U.S. Federal employee benefit and tax laws. We contributed approximately $2.8 million (based on the market price at the 

41 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
           
             
             
             
           
      
        
        
        
      
      
      
            
            
            
      
      
        
        
            
            
            
time of contribution) in Company stock to the Plan in Fiscal 2004 and $1.0 million in fiscal 2003. In fiscal 2005, we expect 
to  make  a  contribution  of  Company  common  stock  of  approximately  $1.5  million.  Effective  December  31,  1995,  the 
benefits under the Company's pension plan were frozen. As a consequence, accrued benefits no longer change as a result 
of an employee's length of service or compensation.  

We  believe  that  our  existing  cash  reserves  and  anticipated  cash  flows  from  operations  will  be  sufficient  to  meet  our 
liquidity  and  capital  requirements  for  at  least  the  next  12  months.  However,  our  liquidity  is  affected  by  many  factors, 
some based on normal operations of the business and others related to uncertainties of the industry and global economies. 
We may seek, as we believe appropriate, additional debt or equity financing to provide capital for corporate purposes. We 
may  also  seek  additional  debt  or  equity  financing  for  the  refinancing  or  redemption  of  existing  debt  and/or  to  fund 
strategic business opportunities, including possible acquisitions, joint ventures, alliances or other business arrangements 
which could require substantial capital outlays. The timing and amount of such potential capital requirements cannot be 
determined at this time and will depend on a number of factors, including demand for our products, semiconductor and 
semiconductor  capital  equipment  industry  conditions,  competitive  factors,  the  condition  of  financial  markets  and  the 
nature and size of strategic business opportunities which we may elect to pursue. 

RISK FACTORS 

The semiconductor industry is volatile with sharp periodic downturns and slowdowns  

Our operating results are significantly affected by the capital expenditures of large semiconductor manufacturers and their 
subcontract  assemblers  and  by  those  of  vertically  integrated  manufacturers  of  electronic  systems.  Expenditures  by 
semiconductor  manufacturers  and  their  subcontract  assemblers  and  by  vertically  integrated  manufacturers  of  electronic 
systems depend on the current and anticipated market demand for semiconductors and products that use semiconductors, 
including personal computers, telecommunications equipment, consumer electronics, and automotive goods. Significant 
downturns  in  the  market  for semiconductor  devices or  in general  economic  conditions  reduce demand for our  products 
and materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.  

Historically,  the  semiconductor  industry  has  been  volatile,  with  periods  of  rapid  growth  followed  by  industry-wide 
retrenchment.  These  periodic  downturns  and  slowdowns  have  adversely  affected  our  business,  financial  condition  and 
operating results. They have been characterized by, among other things, diminished product demand, excess production 
capacity, and accelerated erosion of selling prices. These downturns historically have severely and negatively affected the 
industry’s demand for capital equipment, including the assembly equipment, the packaging materials and test interconnect 
solutions that we sell.  

The  semiconductor  industry  experienced  downturns  in  fiscal  1998  through  the  first  half  of  fiscal  1999,  in  fiscal  2001 
through  the  first  three  quarters  of  fiscal  2003  and  we  are  currently  seeing  a  slowing  in  customer  demand  for  our  wire 
bonders. In the 1998-1999 downturn, our net sales declined from approximately $501.9 million in fiscal 1997 to $411.0 
million  in  fiscal  1998.  In  the  2001-2003  downturn,  our  net  sales  declined  from  approximately  $877.6  million  in  fiscal 
2000  to  $441.6  million  in  fiscal  2002.  The  business  environment  was  improved  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  2003 
through  the first  nine  months  of fiscal  2004  but  we  experienced  slowing  in  demand for  our  wire  bonders  in our fourth 
quarter of fiscal 2004 and we anticipate further slowing in demand for our wire bonders in the first fiscal quarter of 2005. 
There  can  be  no  assurances  regarding  the  level  of  demand  for  our  products,  and  in  any  case,  we  believe  the  historical 
volatility  –  both  upward  and  downward  –  will  persist.  Any  downturn  may  be  more  severe  and  prolonged  than  those 
experienced in the past. Downturns adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.  

We may experience increasing price pressure  

Our historical business strategy for many of our products has focused on product performance and customer service more 
than on price. The length and severity of the most recent economic downturn increased cost pressures on our customers 
and we have observed increasing price sensitivity on their part. In response, we are actively seeking to reduce our cost 
structure by moving operations to lower cost areas and by reducing other operating costs. If we are unable to realize prices 
that allow us to continue to compete on the basis of performance and service, our financial condition and operating results 
may be materially and adversely affected.  

42 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our quarterly operating results fluctuate significantly and may continue to do so in the future  

In  the  past,  our  quarterly  operating  results  have  fluctuated  significantly;  we  expect  that  they  will  continue  to  fluctuate. 
Although  these  fluctuations  are  partly  due  to  the  volatile  nature  of  the  semiconductor  industry,  they  also  reflect  other 
factors, many of which are outside of our control.  

Some of the factors that may cause our revenues and/or operating margins to fluctuate significantly from period to period 
are:  

• market downturns;  

• the mix of products that we sell because, for example:  

- our test division has lower margins than assembly equipment and packaging materials;  

- some lines of equipment within our business segments are more profitable than others; and  

- some sales arrangements have higher margins than others;  

• the volume and timing of orders for our products and any order postponements;  

 • virtually all of our orders are subject to cancellation, deferral or rescheduling by the customer without 

prior notice and with limited or no penalties;  

• changes in our pricing, or that of our competitors;  

• higher than anticipated costs of development or production of new equipment models;  

• the availability and cost of the components for our products;  

 • unanticipated delays in the introduction of our new products and upgraded versions of our products and 

market acceptance of these products when introduced;  

 • customers’ delay in purchasing our products due to customer anticipation that we or our competitors may 

introduce new or upgraded products; and  

• our competitors’ introduction of new products.  

Many  of  our  expenses,  such  as  research  and  development,  selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  and  interest 
expense, do not vary directly with our net sales. As a result, a decline in our net sales would adversely affect our operating 
results.  In  addition,  if  we  were  to  incur  additional  expenses  in  a  quarter  in  which  we  did  not  experience  comparable 
increased net sales, our operating results would decline. In a downturn, we may have excess inventory, which is required 
to be written off. Some of the other factors that may cause our expenses to fluctuate from period-to-period include:  

• the timing and extent of our research and development efforts;  

• severance, resizing and the costs of relocating or closing down facilities;  

• inventory write-offs due to obsolescence; and  

• inflationary increases in the cost of labor or materials.  

Because  our  revenues  and  operating  results  are  volatile  and  difficult  to  predict,  we  believe  that  consecutive  period-to-
period comparisons of our operating results may not be a good indication of our future performance.  

43 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We may not be able to rapidly develop, manufacture and gain market acceptance of new and enhanced products 
required to maintain or expand our business  

We believe that our continued success depends on our ability to continuously develop and manufacture new products and 
product  enhancements  on  a  timely  and  cost-effective  basis.  We  must  timely  introduce  these  products  and  product 
enhancements into the market in response to customers’ demands for higher performance assembly equipment, leading-
edge materials and for test interconnect solutions customized to address rapid technological advances in integrated circuits 
and capital equipment designs. Our competitors may develop new products or enhancements to their products that offer 
performance,  features  and  lower  prices  that  may  render  our  products  less  competitive.  The  development  and 
commercialization of new products requires significant capital expenditures over an extended period of time, and some 
products that we seek to develop may never become profitable. In addition, we may not be able to develop and introduce 
products  incorporating  new  technologies  in  a  timely  manner  that  will  satisfy  our  customers’  future  needs  or  achieve 
market acceptance.  

Most of our sales and a substantial portion of our manufacturing operations are located outside of the United States, 
and  we  rely  on  independent  foreign  distribution  channels  for  certain  product  lines;  all  of  which  subject  us  to  risks 
from changes in trade regulations, currency fluctuations, political instability and war  

Approximately 86% of our net sales for fiscal 2004, 80% of our net sales for fiscal 2003 and 74% of our net sales for 
fiscal 2002 were attributable to sales to customers for delivery outside of the United States, in particular to customers in 
the Asia/Pacific region. We expect this trend to continue. Thus, our future performance will depend, in significant part, on 
our  ability  to  continue  to  compete  in  foreign  markets,  particularly  in  Asia/Pacific.  These  economies  have  been  highly 
volatile,  resulting  in  significant  fluctuation  in  local  currencies,  and  political  and  economic  instability.  These  conditions 
may  continue  or  worsen,  which  may  materially  and  adversely  affect  our  business,  financial  condition  and  operating 
results.  

We  also  rely  on  non-United  States  suppliers  for  materials  and  components  used  in  our  products,  and  most  of  our 
manufacturing  operations  are  located  in  countries  other  than  the  United  States.  We  manufacture  our  automatic  ball 
bonders  and  bonding  wire  in  Singapore,  capillaries  in  Israel  and  China,  bonding  wire  in  Switzerland,  test  products  in 
Taiwan,  China,  France,  and  Scotland  and  we  have  sales,  service  and  support  personnel  in  China,  Hong  Kong,  Japan, 
Korea,  Malaysia,  the  Philippines,  Singapore,  Taiwan  and  Europe.  We  also  rely  on  independent  foreign  distribution 
channels for certain of our product lines. As a result, a major portion of our business is subject to the risks associated with 
international, and particularly Asia/Pacific, commerce, such as:  

 • terrorism, war and civil disturbances or other events that may limit or disrupt markets;  

• expropriation of our foreign assets;  

• longer payment cycles in foreign markets;  

• international exchange restrictions;  

• restrictions on the repatriation of our assets, including cash;  

 • possible disagreements with tax authorities regarding transfer pricing regulations;  

 • the difficulties of staffing and managing dispersed international operations;  

 • episodic events outside our control such as, for example, the outbreak of Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome;  

• tariff and currency fluctuations;  

• changing political conditions;  

44 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
• labor conditions and costs;  

• foreign governments’ monetary policies and regulatory requirements;  

• less protective foreign intellectual property laws; and  

 • legal systems which are less developed and which may be less predictable than those in the United States.  

Because  most  of  our  foreign  sales  are  denominated  in  United  States  dollars,  an  increase  in  value  of  the  United  States 
dollar against foreign currencies, particularly the Japanese yen, will make our products more expensive than those offered 
by  some  of  our  foreign  competitors.  Our  ability  to  compete  overseas  in  the  future  may  be  materially  and  adversely 
affected  by  a  strengthening  of  the  United  States  dollar  against  foreign  currencies.  Because  we  have  significant  assets, 
including cash, outside the United States, those assets are subject to risks of seizure, and it may be difficult to repatriate 
them, or repatriation may result in the payment by us of significant United States taxes.  

Our  international  operations  also  depend  upon  favorable  trade  relations  between  the  United  States  and  those  foreign 
countries  in  which  our  customers,  subcontractors,  and  materials  suppliers  have  operations.  A  protectionist  trade 
environment in either the United States or those foreign countries in which we do business, such as a change in the current 
tariff  structures,  export  compliance  or  other  trade  policies,  may  materially  and  adversely  affect  our  ability  to  sell  our 
products  in  foreign  markets.  In  addition,  any  change  to  existing  United  States  laws  or  the  enactment  of  new  laws 
penalizing  United  States  companies  for  reducing  the  number  of  United  States  based  employees  and  hiring  more 
employees in foreign countries may adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.  

We may not be able to consolidate manufacturing facilities without incurring unanticipated costs and disruptions to 
our business  

In an effort to further reduce our cost structure, we have initiated a process of closing some of our manufacturing facilities 
and expanding others. We may incur significant and unexpected costs, delays and disruptions to our business during this 
consolidation process. Because of unanticipated events, including the actions of governments, employees or customers, 
we  may  not  realize  the  synergies,  cost  reductions  and  other  benefits  of  any  consolidation  to  the  extent  or  within  the 
timeframe that we currently expect.  

Our business depends on attracting and retaining management, marketing and technical employees  

As  with  many  other  technology  companies,  our  future  success  depends  on  our  ability  to  hire  and  retain  qualified 
management, marketing and technical employees. In particular, we periodically experience shortages of engineers. If we 
are unable to continue to attract and retain the managerial, marketing and technical personnel we require, our business, 
financial condition and operating results could be materially and adversely affected.  

Difficulties in forecasting demand for our product lines may lead to periodic inventory shortages or excesses  

We  typically  operate  our  business  with  a  relatively  short  backlog.  As  a  result,  we  sometimes  experience  inventory 
shortages  or  excesses.  We  generally  order  supplies  and  otherwise  plan  our  production  based  on  internal  forecasts  of 
demand. We have in the past, and may again in the future, fail to forecast accurately demand for our products, in terms of 
both  volume  and  configuration  for  either  our  current  or  next-generation  wire  bonders.  This  has  led  to  and  may  in  the 
future  lead  to  delays  in  product  shipments  or,  alternatively,  an  increased  risk  of  inventory  obsolescence.  If  we  fail  to 
forecast  accurately  demand  for  our  products,  including  assembly  equipment,  packaging  materials  and  test  interconnect 
solutions, our business, financial condition and operating results may be materially and adversely affected.  

Advanced packaging technologies other than wire bonding may render some of our products obsolete  

Advanced packaging technologies have emerged that may improve device performance or reduce the size of an integrated 
circuit  package,  as  compared  to  traditional  die  and  wire  bonding.  These  technologies  include  flip  chip  and  chip  scale 
packaging.  Some  of  these  advanced  technologies  eliminate  the  need  for  wires  to  establish  the  electrical  connection 
between a die and its package. The semiconductor industry may, in the future, shift a significant part of its volume into 

45 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
advanced packaging technologies, such as those discussed above, which do not employ our products. If a significant shift 
to advanced packaging technologies were to occur, demand for our wire bonders and related packaging materials may be 
materially and adversely affected.  

Because a small number of customers account for most of our sales, our revenues could decline if we lose a significant 
customer  

The semiconductor manufacturing industry is highly concentrated, with a relatively small number of large semiconductor 
manufacturers and their subcontract assemblers and vertically integrated manufacturers of electronic systems purchasing a 
substantial portion of our semiconductor assembly equipment, packaging materials and test interconnect solutions. Sales 
to a relatively small number of customers account for a significant percentage of our net sales. In fiscal 2004, fiscal 2003 
and fiscal 2002, sales to Advanced Semiconductor Engineering, our largest customer, accounted for 17%, 13% and 13%, 
respectively, of our net sales.  

We expect that sales of our products to a small number of customers will continue to account for a high percentage of our 
net sales for the foreseeable future. Thus, our business success depends on our ability to maintain strong relationships with 
our  important  customers.  Any  one  of  a  number  of  factors  could  adversely  affect  these  relationships.  If,  for  example, 
during periods of escalating demand for our equipment, we were unable to add inventory and production capacity quickly 
enough to meet the needs of our customers, they may turn to other suppliers making it more difficult for us to retain their 
business. Similarly, if we are unable for any other reason to meet production or delivery schedules, particularly during a 
period of escalating demand, our relationships with our key customers could be adversely affected. If we lose orders from 
a  significant  customer,  or  if  a  significant  customer  reduces  its  orders  substantially,  these  losses  or  reductions  may 
materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.  

We depend on a small number of suppliers for raw materials, components and subassemblies. If our suppliers do not 
deliver their products to us, we would be unable to deliver our products to our customers  

Our products are complex and require raw materials, components and subassemblies having a high degree of reliability, 
accuracy and performance. We rely on subcontractors to manufacture many of these components and subassemblies and 
we rely on sole source suppliers for some important components and raw materials, including gold. As a result, we are 
exposed to a number of significant risks, including:  

 • lack of control over the manufacturing process for components and subassemblies;  

 • changes in our manufacturing processes, in response to changes in the market, which may delay our shipments;  

• our inadvertent use of defective or contaminated raw materials;  

 • the relatively small operations and limited manufacturing resources of some of our suppliers, which may limit their 

ability to manufacture and sell subassemblies, components or parts in the volumes we require and at acceptable quality 
levels and prices;  

 • reliability or quality problems with certain key subassemblies provided by single source suppliers as to which we may 

not have any short term alternative;  

 • shortages caused by disruptions at our suppliers and subcontractors for a variety of reasons, including work stoppage or 

fire, earthquake, flooding or other natural disasters;  

 • delays in the delivery of raw materials or subassemblies, which, in turn, may delay our shipments; and  

 • the loss of suppliers as a result of the consolidation of suppliers in the industry.  

If  we  are  unable  to  deliver  products  to  our customers  on  time  for  these or  any  other  reasons;  if  we  are  unable  to meet 
customer expectations as to cycle time; or if we do not maintain acceptable product quality or reliability, our business, 
financial condition and operating results may be materially and adversely affected.  

46 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our test division and our diversification presents significant management and operating challenges  

During  fiscal  2001,  we  acquired  two  companies  that  design  and  manufacture  test  interconnect  solutions,  Cerprobe 
Corporation  and  Probe  Technology  Corporation,  and  combined  their  operations  to  create  our  test  division.  Since  its 
acquisition  in  2001,  this  division  has  not  performed  to  our  expectations.  Problems  have  included  difficulties  in 
rationalizing  duplicate  products  and  facilities,  and  in  integrating  these  acquisitions.  Our  plan  to  correct  these  problems 
centers on the following steps: standardize production processes between the various test manufacturing sites, create and 
ramp  production  of  our  highest  volume  products  in  a  new  lower  cost  site  in  China  and/or  outsource  production  where 
appropriate, then rationalize excess capacity by converting existing higher cost, low volume manufacturing sites to service 
centers. If we are unable to successfully implement this plan, our operating margins and results of operations will continue 
to be adversely affected by the performance of our test division.  

More  generally,  our  diversification  strategy  has  increased  demands  on  our  management,  financial  resources  and 
information and internal control systems. Our success will depend, in part, on our ability to manage and integrate our test 
division and our equipment and packaging materials businesses and to continue successfully to implement, improve and 
expand  our  systems,  procedures  and  controls.  If  we  fail  to  integrate  our  businesses  successfully  or  to  develop  the 
necessary  internal  procedures  to  manage  diversified  businesses,  our  business,  financial  condition  and  operating  results 
may be materially and adversely affected.  

Although we have no current plans to do so, we may from time to time in the future seek to expand our business through 
acquisition. In that event, the success of any such acquisition will depend, in part, on our ability to integrate and finance 
(on acceptable terms) the acquisition.  

We may be unable to continue to compete successfully in the highly competitive semiconductor equipment, packaging 
materials and test interconnect solutions industries  

The semiconductor equipment, packaging materials and test interconnect solutions industries are very competitive. In the 
semiconductor  equipment  and  test  interconnect  solutions  markets,  significant  competitive  factors  include  performance, 
quality, customer support and price. In the semiconductor packaging materials industry, competitive factors include price, 
delivery and quality.  

In each of our markets, we face competition and the threat of competition from established competitors and potential new 
entrants,  some  of  which  have  or  may  have  significantly  greater  financial,  engineering,  manufacturing  and  marketing 
resources than we have. Some of these competitors are Asian and European companies that have had and may continue to 
have an advantage over us in supplying products to local customers who appear to prefer to purchase from local suppliers, 
without regard to other considerations.  

We expect our competitors to improve their current products’ performance, and to introduce new products and materials 
with  improved  price  and  performance  characteristics.  Our  competitors  may  independently  develop  technology  that  is 
similar  to  or  better  than  ours.  New  product  and  materials  introductions  by  our  competitors  or  by  new  market  entrants 
could hurt our sales. If a particular semiconductor manufacturer or subcontract assembler selects a competitor’s product or 
materials  for  a  particular  assembly  operation,  we  may  not  be  able  to  sell  products  or  materials  to  that  manufacturer  or 
assembler for a significant period of time because manufacturers and assemblers sometimes develop lasting relations with 
suppliers, and assembly equipment in our industry often goes years without requiring replacement. In addition, we may 
have  to  lower  our  prices  in  response  to  price  cuts  by  our  competitors,  which  may  materially  and  adversely  affect  our 
business, financial condition and operating results. We cannot assure you that we will be able to continue to compete in 
these or other areas in the future. If we cannot compete successfully, we could be forced to reduce prices, and could lose 
customers and market share and experience reduced margins and profitability.  

Our success depends in part on our intellectual property, which we may be unable to protect  

Our success depends in part on our proprietary technology. To protect this technology, we rely principally on contractual 
restrictions  (such  as  nondisclosure  and  confidentiality  provisions)  in  our  agreements  with  employees,  subcontractors, 
vendors, consultants and customers and on the common law of trade secrets and proprietary “know-how.” We also rely, in 

47 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
some cases, on patent and copyright protection. We may not be successful in protecting our technology for a number of 
reasons, including the following:  

 • employees, subcontractors, vendors, consultants and customers may violate their contractual agreements, and the cost 
of enforcing those agreements may be prohibitive, or those agreements may be unenforceable or more limited than we 
anticipate;  

 • foreign intellectual property laws may not adequately protect our intellectual property rights;  

 • our patent and copyright claims may not be sufficiently broad to effectively protect our technology; our patents or 
copyrights may be challenged, invalidated or circumvented; or we may otherwise be unable to obtain adequate 
protection for our technology.  

In  addition,  our  partners  and  alliances  may  also  have  rights  to  technology  that  we  develop.  We  may  incur  significant 
expense to protect or enforce our intellectual property rights. If we are unable to protect our intellectual property rights, 
our competitive position may be weakened.  

Third parties may claim we are infringing on their intellectual property, which could cause us to incur significant 
litigation costs or other expenses, or prevent us from selling some of our products  

The semiconductor industry is characterized by rapid technological change, with frequent introductions of new products 
and technologies. Industry participants often develop products and features similar to those introduced by others, creating 
a risk that their products and processes may give rise to claims that they infringe on the intellectual property of others. We 
may unknowingly infringe on the intellectual property rights of others and incur significant liability for that infringement. 
If we are found to have infringed on the intellectual property rights of others, we could be enjoined from continuing to 
manufacture, market or use the affected product, or be required to obtain a license to continue manufacturing or using the 
affected product. A license could be very expensive to obtain or may not be available at all. Similarly, changing or re-
engineering  our  products  or  processes  to  avoid  infringing  the  rights  of  others  may  be  costly,  impractical  or  time 
consuming.  

Occasionally,  third  parties  assert  that  we  are,  or  may  be,  infringing  on  or  misappropriating  their  intellectual  property 
rights.  In  these  cases,  we  will  defend  against  claims  or  negotiate  licenses  where  we  consider  these  actions  appropriate. 
Intellectual property cases are uncertain and involve complex legal and factual questions. If we become involved in this 
type of litigation, it could consume significant resources and divert our attention from our business.  

Some  of  our  customers  are  parties  to  litigation  brought  by  the  Lemelson  Medical,  Education  and  Research  Foundation 
Limited  Partnership  (“Lemelson”),  in  which  Lemelson  claims  that  certain  manufacturing  processes  used  by  those 
customers infringe patents held by Lemelson. We have never been named a party to any such litigation. Some customers 
have requested that we indemnify them to the extent their liability for these claims arises from use of our equipment. We 
do  not believe  that products sold  by us  infringe valid  Lemelson patents.  If  a  claim  for  contribution were  to be brought 
against  us,  we  believe  we  would  have  valid  defenses  to  assert  and  also  would  have  rights  to  contribution  and  claims 
against  our  suppliers.  We  have  not  incurred  any  material  liability  with  respect  to  the  Lemelson  claims  or  any  other 
pending intellectual property claim to date and we do not believe that these claims will materially and adversely affect our 
business,  financial  condition  or  operating  results.  The  ultimate  outcome  of  any  infringement  or  misappropriation  claim 
that  might  be  made,  however,  is  uncertain  and  we  cannot  assure  you  that  the  resolution  of  any  such  claim  would  not 
materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.  

We may be materially and adversely affected by environmental and safety laws and regulations  

We  are  subject  to  various  federal,  state,  local  and  foreign  laws  and  regulations  governing,  among  other  things,  the 
generation,  storage,  use,  emission,  discharge,  transportation  and  disposal  of  hazardous  material,  investigation  and 
remediation of contaminated sites and the health and safety of our employees. Increasingly, public attention has focused 
on  the  environmental  impact  of  manufacturing  operations  and  the  risk  to  neighbors  of  chemical  releases  from  such 
operations.  

48 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Proper waste disposal plays an important role in the operation of our manufacturing plants. In many of our facilities we 
maintain  wastewater  treatment  systems  that  remove  metals  and  other  contaminants  from  process  wastewater.  These 
facilities operate under permits that must be renewed periodically. A violation of those permits may lead to revocation of 
the  permits,  fines,  penalties  or  the  incurrence  of  capital  or  other  costs  to  comply  with  the  permits,  including  potential 
shutdown of operations.  

In  the future, existing or new  land use  and  environmental  regulations may:  (1)  impose  upon  us  the  need  for  additional 
capital equipment or other process requirements, (2) restrict our ability to expand our operations, (3) subject us to liability 
for, among other matters, remediation, and/or (4) cause us to curtail our operations. We cannot assure you that any costs 
or  liabilities  associated  with  complying  with  these  environmental  laws  will  not  materially  and  adversely  affect  our 
business, financial condition and operating results.  

We have significant intangible assets and goodwill, which we are required to evaluate annually  

In fiscal 2002 and 2003, we recorded substantial write-downs of goodwill. However, our financial statements continue to 
reflect  significant  intangible  assets  and  goodwill.  We  are  required  to  perform  an  impairment  test  at  least  annually  to 
support the carrying value of goodwill and intangible assets. Should we be required to recognize additional intangible or 
goodwill impairment charges, our financial condition would be adversely affected.  

Anti-takeover provisions in our articles of incorporation and bylaws, and under Pennsylvania law may discourage 
other companies from attempting to acquire us  

Some provisions of our articles of incorporation and bylaws and of Pennsylvania law may discourage some transactions 
where  we  would  otherwise  experience  a  fundamental  change.  For  example,  our  articles  of  incorporation  and  bylaws 
contain provisions that:  

 • classify our board of directors into four classes, with one class being elected each year;  

 • permit our board to issue “blank check” preferred stock without stockholder approval; and  

 • prohibit us from engaging in some types of business combinations with a holder of 20% or more of our voting 

securities without super-majority board or stockholder approval.  

Further,  under  the  Pennsylvania  Business  Corporation  Law,  because  our  bylaws  provide  for  a  classified  board  of 
directors,  stockholders  may  remove  directors  only  for  cause.  These  provisions  and  some  other  provisions  of  the 
Pennsylvania  Business  Corporation  Law  could  delay, defer or prevent  us  from  experiencing  a  fundamental  change  and 
may adversely affect our common stockholders’ voting and other rights.  

Terrorist attacks, such as the attacks that occurred in New York and Washington, D.C. on September 11, 2001, or 
other acts of violence or war may affect the markets in which we operate and our profitability  

Terrorist attacks may negatively affect our operations. There can be no assurance that there will not be further terrorist 
attacks against the United States or United States businesses. These attacks or armed conflicts  may  directly impact our 
physical  facilities  or  those  of  our  suppliers  or  customers.  Our  primary  facilities  include  administrative,  sales  and  R&D 
facilities in the United States and manufacturing facilities in the United States, Israel, Singapore and China. Also, these 
attacks have disrupted the global insurance and reinsurance industries with the result that we may not be able to obtain 
insurance  at  historical  terms  and  levels  for  all  of  our  facilities.  Furthermore,  these  attacks  may  make  travel  and  the 
transportation  of  our  supplies  and  products  more  difficult  and  more  expensive  and  ultimately  affect  the  sales  of  our 
products  in  the  United  States  and  overseas.  The  existing  conflicts  in  Afghanistan  and  Iraq,  and  particularly  in  Israel, 
where  we  maintain  a  manufacturing  facility,  or  any  broader  conflict,  could  have  a  further  impact  on  our  domestic  and 
international  sales,  our  supply  chain,  our  production  capability  and  our  ability  to  deliver  products  to  our  customers. 
Political and economic instability in some regions of the world could negatively impact our business. The consequences 
of any of these armed conflicts are unpredictable, and we may not be able to foresee events that could have an adverse 
effect on our business or your investment.  

49 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We may be unable to generate enough cash to service our debt  

Our  ability  to  make  payments  on  our  indebtedness  and  to  fund  planned  capital  expenditures  and  other  activities  will 
depend on our ability to generate cash in the future. If our convertible debt is not converted to our common shares, we will 
be  required  to  make  annual  cash  interest  payments  of  $1.7  million  in  each  of  fiscal  years  2005  through  2008,  $821 
thousand in fiscal 2009 and $488 thousand in fiscal 2010 on our aggregate $270 million of convertible subordinated debt. 
Principal payments of $205.0 million and $65.0 million on the convertible subordinated debt are due in fiscal 2009 and 
2010, respectively. Our ability to make payments on our indebtedness is affected by the volatile nature of our business, 
and  general  economic,  competitive  and  other  factors  that  are  beyond  our  control.  Our  indebtedness  poses  risks  to  our 
business, including that:  

 • we must use a substantial portion of our consolidated cash flow from operations to pay principal and interest on our debt, 
thereby reducing the funds available for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, product development and 
other general corporate purposes;  

 • insufficient cash flow from operations may force us to sell assets, or seek additional capital, which we may be unable to 

do at all or on terms favorable to us; and  

 • our level of indebtedness may make us more vulnerable to economic or industry downturns.  

We  cannot  assure  you  that  our  business  will  generate  cash  in  an  amount  sufficient  to  enable  us  to  service  interest, 
principal and other payments on our debt, including the notes, or to fund our other liquidity needs.  

We  are  not  restricted  under  the  agreements  governing  our  existing  indebtedness  from  incurring  additional  debt  in  the 
future. If new debt is added to our current levels, our leverage and our debt service obligations would increase and the 
related risks described above could intensify.  

Changes in stock option accounting rules may adversely impact our reported operating results prepared in accordance 
with generally accepted accounting principles, our stock price and our competitiveness in the employee marketplace. 

We have a history of using broad based employee stock option programs to hire, incentivize and retain our workforce. 
Currently,  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  (“SFAS”)  No.  123,  “Accounting  for  Stock-Based 
Compensation,” allows companies the choice of either using a fair value method of accounting for options, which would 
result  in  expense  recognition  for  all  options  granted,  or  using  an  intrinsic  value  method,  as  prescribed  by  Accounting 
Principles Board Opinion (“APB”) No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” with a pro forma disclosure of 
the impact on net income of using the fair value recognition method. We have elected to apply APB 25 and accordingly, 
we do not recognize any expense with respect to employee stock options as long as such options are granted at exercise 
prices equal to the fair value of our common stock on the date of grant. 

In  October  2004,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (“FASB”)  concluded  that  SFAS  No.  123R,  “Share-Based 
Payment,”  will  be  effective  for  public  companies  for  interim  or  annual  periods  beginning  after  June  15,  2005.   Under 
SFAS  No.  123R,  companies  must  measure  compensation  cost  for  all  share-based  payments,  including  employee  stock 
options,  using  a  fair  value  based  method  and  these  payments  must  be  recognized  as  expenses  in  our  statements  of 
operations. 

The  implementation  of  SFAS  No.  123R  beginning  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  2005  will  have  a  significant  adverse 
impact  on  our  consolidated  statement  of  operations  because  we  will  be  required  to  expense  the  fair  value  of  our  stock 
options rather than disclosing the impact on results of operations within our footnotes in accordance with the disclosure 
provisions  of  SFAS  No.  123  (see  Note  1  of  the  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements).  This  will  result  in  lower 
reported  earnings  per  share,  which  could  negatively  impact  our  future  stock  price.  In  addition,  this  could  negatively 
impact  our  ability  to  utilize  employee  stock  plans  to  recruit  and  retain  employees  and  could  result  in  a  competitive 
disadvantage to us in the employee marketplace. 

50 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We have the ability to issue  additional equity securities,  which would lead to dilution of our issued and outstanding 
common stock  

The issuance of additional equity securities or securities convertible into equity securities will result in dilution of existing 
stockholders’  equity  interests  in  us.  Our  board  of  directors  has  the  authority  to  issue,  without  vote  or  action  of 
stockholders, shares of preferred stock in one or more series, and has the ability to fix the rights, preferences, privileges 
and  restrictions  of  any  such series. Any  such  series of  preferred  stock  could  contain dividend rights,  conversion  rights, 
voting  rights,  terms  of  redemption,  redemption  prices,  liquidation  preferences  or  other  rights  superior  to  the  rights  of 
holders  of  our  common  stock.  Our  board  of  directors  has  no  present  intention  of  issuing  any  such  preferred  stock,  but 
reserves the right to do so in the future. In addition, we are authorized to issue, without stockholder approval, up to an 
aggregate  of  200  million  shares  of  common  stock,  of  which  approximately  51.2  million  shares  were  outstanding  as  of 
September  30,  2004.  We  are  also  authorized  to  issue,  without  stockholder  approval,  securities  convertible  into  either 
shares of common stock or preferred stock.  

Item 7A.   QUANTITATIVE  AND  QUALITATIVE  DISCLOSURES  ABOUT  MARKET  RISK.             

We  are  exposed  to  changes  in  interest  rates  primarily  from  our  investments  in  certain  available-for-sale  securities.  Our 
available-for-sale securities consist primarily of fixed income investments (corporate bonds, commercial paper and U.S. 
Treasury and Agency securities). We continually monitor our exposure to changes in interest rates and credit ratings of 
issuers with respect to our available-for-sale securities and target an average life to maturity of less than eighteen months. 
Accordingly, we believe that the effects of changes in interest rates and credit ratings of issuers are limited and would not 
have a material impact on our financial condition or results of operations. At September 30, 2004, we had a non-trading 
investment portfolio of fixed income securities, excluding those classified as cash and cash equivalents, of $32.2 million (see 
Note  7  of  the  Company’s  Consolidated  Financial  Statements).  If  market  interest  rates  were  to  increase  immediately  and 
uniformly  by  10%  from  levels  as  of  September  30,  2004,  the  fair  market  value  of  the  portfolio  would  decline  by 
approximately $68 thousand.  

Item 8.       FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS  AND  SUPPLEMENTARY  DATA. 

The  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  of  Kulicke  and  Soffa  Industries,  Inc.  listed  in  the  index  appearing  under  Item  15 
(a)(1) herein are filed as part of this Report. 

51 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
[This page intentionally left blank] 

52 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Kulicke and Soffa Industries, Inc.: 

In  our  opinion,  the  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  listed  in  the  index  appearing  under  Item  15(a)(1) 
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Kulicke and Soffa Industries, Inc. and its subsidiaries at 
September 30, 2004 and September 30, 2003, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three 
years in the period ended September 30, 2004 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United 
States of America.  In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in the index appearing under Item 
15(a)(2) presents fairly in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related 
consolidated financial statements.  These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management.  Our 
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.  
We  conducted  our  audits  of  these  statements  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting 
Oversight  Board  (United  States).    Those  standards  require  that  we  plan  and  perform  the  audit  to  obtain  reasonable 
assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test 
basis,  evidence  supporting  the  amounts  and  disclosures  in  the  financial  statements,  assessing  the  accounting  principles 
used  and  significant  estimates  made  by  management,  and  evaluating  the  overall  financial  statement  presentation.    We 
believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 

November 18, 2004 

53 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
KULICKE AND SOFFA INDUSTRIES, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in thousands)

ASSETS

CURRENT ASSETS:
Cash and cash equivalents
Restricted cash
Short-term investments
Accounts receivable, (net of allowance for doubtful 
  accounts: 9/30/03 - $5,929; 9/30/04 - $3,646)
Inventories, net
Assets held for sale
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Deferred income taxes
  TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS

Property, plant and equipment, net
Intangible assets, (net of accumulated amortization:
  9/30/03 - $26,187; 9/30/04 - $35,209)
Goodwill
Other assets
  TOTAL ASSETS

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

CURRENT LIABILITIES:  
Current portion of long term debt
Accounts payable
Accrued expenses
Income taxes payable
  TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES

Long term debt
Other liabilities
Deferred taxes
  TOTAL LIABILITIES

Commitments and contingencies

SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY:
Preferred stock, without par value:
 Authorized - 5,000 shares; issued - none
Common stock, without par value:
 Authorized - 200,000 shares; issued and
 outstanding: 2003 - 50,092; 2004 - 51,162
Retained earnings (deficit)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
  TOTAL SHAREHOLDER’S EQUITY

September 30,
2003

September 30,
2004

$       

65,725
2,836
4,490

$       

60,333
3,257
32,176

94,144
37,906
6,799
11,187
10,700
233,787

54,439

66,249
81,440
6,946
442,861

$     

$              

36
45,844
41,885
13,394
101,159

300,338
9,865
31,402
442,764

110,718
58,017
6,072
10,310
12,417
293,300

51,434

54,045
81,440
7,463
487,682

$     

$            

202
50,002
37,660
11,986
99,850

275,725
8,112
36,975
420,662

-

-

203,607
(195,792)
(7,718)
97

213,847
(139,912)
(6,915)
67,020

  TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY  

$    

442,861

$     

487,682

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

54 

 
 
 
 
           
           
           
         
         
       
         
         
           
           
         
         
         
         
       
       
         
         
         
         
         
         
           
           
         
         
         
         
         
         
       
         
       
       
           
           
         
         
       
       
               
               
       
       
      
      
          
          
                                    
KULICKE AND SOFFA INDUSTRIES, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS 
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

Net revenue

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Selling, general and administrative
Research and development, net
Resizing
Asset impairment
Goodwill impairment
Amortization of intangibles
Gain on sale of assets
Loss on sale of product lines

Operating expense

Income (loss) from operations
Interest income
Interest expense
Charge on extinguishment of debt
Other income and minority interest
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
Provision for income taxes for continuing operations
Net income (loss) from continuing operations
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax
Loss on sale of FCT Division, net of tax
Net income (loss)

Net income (loss) per share from continuing operations:
    Basic
    Diluted

Loss per share from discontinued operations:
    Basic
    Diluted

Net income (loss) per share:
    Basic
    Diluted

Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 

2002

2003

2004

$     

441,565

$     

477,935

$     

717,811

340,745

100,820

135,054
51,929
18,768
31,594
74,295
9,864
-
-

321,504

(220,684)
3,758
(18,699)
-
2,010
(233,615)
32,561
(266,176)
(7,939)
-
(274,115)

$    

349,727

128,208

102,327
38,121
(475)
3,629
-
9,260
-
5,257

158,119

(29,911)
940
(17,431)
-
-
(46,402)
7,594
(53,996)
(22,693)
-
(76,689)

$      

486,806

231,005

101,225
34,611
(68)
3,293
-
9,022
(1,023)
-

147,060

83,945
1,109
(10,466)
(10,510)
-
64,078
7,386
56,692
(432)
(380)
55,880

$       

$          
$          

(5.41)
(5.41)

$          
$          

(1.09)
(1.09)

$           
$           

1.12
0.90

$          
$          

(0.16)
(0.16)

$          
$          

(0.46)
(0.46)

$          
$          

(0.02)
(0.01)

$          
$          

(5.57)
(5.57)

$          
$          

(1.54)
(1.54)

$           
$           

1.10
0.89

Weighted average shares outstanding:                                       
     Basic
     Diluted

49,217
49,217

49,695
49,695

50,746
68,582

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

55 

 
 
 
 
       
       
       
 
       
       
       
       
       
       
         
         
         
         
             
               
         
           
           
         
               
               
           
           
           
               
               
          
               
           
               
 
       
       
       
      
        
         
           
              
           
        
        
        
               
               
        
           
               
               
      
        
         
         
           
           
      
        
         
          
        
             
               
               
             
KULICKE AND SOFFA INDUSTRIES, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in thousands)

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income (loss)

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash
 provided by (used in) operating activities:
   Depreciation and amortization
   Charge on early extinguishment of debt
   Tax benefit from exercise of stock options
   Provision for doubtful accounts
   Impairment of fixed and intangible assets
   Impairment of goodwill
   Loss (gain) on sale of product lines and properties
   Deferred taxes
   Provision for inventory valuations
   Non-cash employee benefits
   Changes in working capital accounts, net of effect 
     of acquired and sold businesses: 
       Accounts receivable  
       Inventories
       Prepaid expenses and other assets
       Accounts payable and accrued expenses
       Taxes payable
       Other, net
          Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 Proceeds from sales of investments classified as available for sale
 Purchase of investments classified as available for sale
 Purchases of plant and equipment
 Sale (purchase) of Flip Chip
 Purchase of Probe Tech, net of cash acquired
 Proceeds from sale of property and equipment
 Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 Net proceeds from issuance of 0.5% convertible subordinated notes
 Net proceeds from issuance of 1.0% convertible subordinated notes
 Purchase of 4.75% convertible subordinate notes
 Purchase of 5.25% convertible subordinate notes
 Payments on borrowings, including capitalized leases
 Restricted cash
 Proceeds from issuances of common stock
 Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities  
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
  and cash equivalents      
Change in cash and cash equivalents  
Cash and cash equivalents at:
  Beginning of year
  End of year

Supplemental Disclosures:
Cash payments for interest
Cash payments for income taxes

             Fiscal Year Ended September 30,        

2002

2003

2004

$ 

(274,115)

$    

(76,689)

$        

55,880

44,315
-
329
158
31,594
74,295
-
32,808
14,362
5,061

(10,188)
9,076
(1,853)
7,855
(4,739)
(961)
(72,003)

59,224
(33,850)
(20,385)
(96)
1,472
-
6,365

-
-
-
-
(1,685)
(3,180)
1,438
(3,427)

37,852
-
89
519
10,502
5,667
5,257
-
3,490
2,230

(5,531)
2,454
(1,138)
(18,142)
3,734
604
(29,102)

26,287
(8,603)
(10,975)
-
-
1,643
8,352

-
-
-
-
(205)
344
424
563

15
(69,050)

(74)
(20,261)

30,678
10,510
991
(850)
3,293
-
(1,023)
466
3,566
2,262

(19,293)
(23,766)
1,512
1,750
1,982
3,304
71,262

17,286
(44,992)
(13,405)
3,352

933
(36,826)

199,328
63,189
(178,563)
(127,425)
(93)
(421)
4,162
(39,823)

(5)
(5,392)

155,036
85,986

$     

85,986
65,725

$      

65,725
60,333

$        

$     
$       

15,400
9,200

$      
$        

15,700
4,800

$        
$          

11,100
4,800

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

56 

 
 
 
 
     
      
          
           
            
          
          
             
               
          
           
             
     
      
            
     
        
               
           
        
          
     
            
               
     
        
            
       
        
            
    
       
        
       
        
        
      
       
            
       
     
            
      
        
            
           
             
            
      
       
          
     
      
          
    
       
        
    
     
        
           
            
            
       
            
             
          
               
         
          
        
           
            
        
           
            
          
           
            
      
           
            
      
      
          
               
      
           
             
       
           
            
        
             
        
            
            
                 
      
       
          
   
      
          
KULICKE AND SOFFA INDUSTRIES, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
(in thousands)

Balances at September 30, 2001

49,034

$         

193,058

$           

155,012

$            

(9,523)

$              

338,547

Common Stock

Shares

Amount

Retained
Earnings

(Deficit)

Accumulated   
Other
Comprehensive

Shareholders’

Loss

Equity

Employer contribution to the Company's 401K plan
Exercise of stock options
Tax benefit from exercise of stock options
Modification of stock options for terminated employees
Components of comprehensive income:
    Net loss
    Translation adjustment
    Unrealized loss on investments, net
    Minimum pension liability (net of taxes
      of $1,294)

Total comprehensive loss

Balances at September 30, 2002

Employer contribution to Company's 401K plan
Employer contribution to Company's pension plan
Exercise of stock options
Tax benefit from exercise of stock options
Components of comprehensive income:
    Net loss
    Translation adjustment
    Unrealized gain on investments, net
    Minimum pension liability (net of taxes
      of $397)

Total comprehensive loss

Balances at September 30, 2003

Employer contribution to Company's 401K plan
Employer contribution to Company's pension plan
Exercise of stock options
Tax benefit from exercise of stock options
Components of comprehensive income:
    Net income
    Translation adjustment
    Unrealized loss on investments, net
    Minimum pension liability (net of taxes
      of $215)

Total comprehensive income

Balances at September 30, 2004

214
166

2,478
1,438
329
2,583

(274,115)

730
(264)

(2,403)

2,478
1,438
329
2,583

(274,115)
730
(264)

(2,403)

(276,052)

49,414

$         

199,886

$          

(119,103)

$          

(11,460)

$                

69,323

429
150
99

2,230
987
415
89

(76,689)

2,953
51

738

2,230
987
415
89

(76,689)
2,953
51

738

(72,947)

50,092

$         

203,607

$          

(195,792)

$            

(7,718)

$                       

97

214
230
626

2,262
2,825
4,162
991

55,880

445
(42)
-
400

2,262
2,825
4,162
991

55,880
445
(42)

400

56,683

51,162

$         

213,847

$          

(139,912)

$            

(6,915)

$                

67,020

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

57 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
        
             
               
                    
             
               
                    
                  
                       
               
                    
            
               
                  
                       
                 
                      
              
                   
               
        
             
               
                    
             
                  
                       
               
                  
                       
                    
                         
              
                 
               
                    
                    
                         
                  
                       
                 
        
             
               
                    
             
               
                    
             
               
                    
                  
                       
               
                  
                  
                       
                   
                        
                   
                  
                       
                  
        
KULICKE AND SOFFA INDUSTRIES, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

NOTE 1:  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

Basis of Consolidation - These consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Kulicke and Soffa Industries, Inc. 
and its subsidiaries (the “Company”), with appropriate elimination of intercompany balances and transactions.  

Nature  of  Business  –  The  Company  designs,  manufactures  and  markets  capital  equipment,  packaging  materials  and  test 
interconnect solutions and services, maintains, repairs and upgrades assembly equipment. The Company’s operating results 
depend upon the capital and operating expenditures of semiconductor manufacturers and subcontract assemblers worldwide 
which,  in  turn,  depend  on  the  current  and  anticipated  market  demand  for  semiconductors  and  products  utilizing 
semiconductors.  The  semiconductor  industry  is  highly  volatile  and  experiences  periodic  downturns  and  slowdowns  which 
have  a  severe  negative  effect  on  the  semiconductor  industry’s  demand  for  semiconductor  capital  equipment,  including 
assembly  equipment  manufactured  and  marketed  by  the  Company  and,  to  a  lesser  extent,  packaging  materials  and  test 
interconnect solutions such as those sold by the Company. Over time, these downturns and slowdowns have also adversely 
affected  the  Company’s  operating  results.  The  Company  believes  such  volatility  will  continue  to  characterize  the  industry 
and the Company’s operations in the future.  

Management Estimates - The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles 
requires  management  to  make  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities  and 
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and 
expenses during the reporting period. The more significant areas involving the use of estimates in these financial statements 
include allowances for uncollectible accounts receivable, reserves for excess and obsolete inventory, carrying value and lives 
of  fixed  assets,  goodwill  and  intangible  assets,  valuation  allowances  for  deferred  tax  assets,  deferred  tax  liabilities  for 
undistributed  earnings  of  certain  foreign  subsidiaries,  self  insurance  reserves,  pension  benefit  liabilities,  resizing,  warranty 
and litigation. Actual results could differ from those estimated.  

Vulnerability to Certain Concentrations - Financial instruments which may subject the Company to concentration of credit 
risk at September 30, 2004 and 2003 consist primarily of investments and trade receivables. The Company manages credit 
risk associated with investments by investing its excess cash in investment grade debt instruments of the U.S. Government, 
financial  institutions  and  corporations.  The  Company  has  established  investment  guidelines  relative  to  diversification  and 
maturities  designed  to  maintain  safety  and  liquidity.  These  guidelines  are  periodically  reviewed  and  modified  to  take 
advantage  of  trends  in  yields  and  interest  rates.  The  Company’s  trade  receivables  result  primarily  from  the  sale  of 
semiconductor equipment, related accessories and replacement parts, packaging materials and test interconnect products to a 
relatively  small  number  of  large  manufacturers  in  a  highly  concentrated  industry.  The  Company  continually  assesses  the 
financial strength of its customers to reduce the risk of loss. Write-offs of uncollectible accounts have historically not been 
significant.  

Cash  Equivalents  -  The  Company  considers  all  highly  liquid  investments  with  original  maturities  of  three  months  or  less 
when purchased to be cash equivalents.  

Investments - Investments, other than cash equivalents, are classified as “trading,” “available-for-sale” or “held-to-maturity”, 
in accordance with SFAS 115, and depending upon the nature of the investment, its ultimate maturity date in the case of debt 
securities,  and  management’s  intentions  with  respect  to  holding  the  securities.  Investments  classified  as  “trading”  are 
reported at fair market value, with unrealized gains or losses included in earnings. Investments classified as “available-for-
sale” are reported at fair market value, with net unrealized gains or losses reflected as a separate component of shareholders’ 
equity (accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)). The fair market value of trading and available-for-sale securities 
are determined using quoted market prices at the balance sheet date. Investments classified as held-to-maturity are reported at 
amortized cost. Realized gains and losses are determined on the basis of specific identification of the securities sold.  

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts.  The Company maintains allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting 
from the inability of its customers to make required payments. If the financial condition of the Company’s customers were to 
deteriorate,  resulting  in  an  impairment  of  their  ability  to  make  payments,  additional  allowances  may  be  required.  The 
Company also is subject to concentrations of customers and sales to a few geographic locations, which may also impact the 

58 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
collectability of certain receivables. If economic or political conditions were to change in the countries where the Company 
does business, it could have a significant impact on the results of its operations, and its ability to realize the full value of its 
accounts receivable.  

Inventories - Inventories are stated at the lower of standard cost (which approximates actual cost on a first-in first-out basis) 
or  market  value,  except  for  certain  gold  inventories  on  hand  that  are  stated  at  market  value  (along  with  a  corresponding 
liability) in accordance with the terms of our gold supply financing agreement. The Company generally provides reserves for 
equipment  inventory  and  spare  parts  and  consumable  inventories  considered  to  be  in  excess  of  eighteen  (18)  months  of 
forecasted  future  demand  and  test  interconnect  inventory  considered  to  be  in  excess  of  12  months  of  forecasted  future 
demand. The forecasted demand is based upon internal projections, historical sales volumes, customer order activity and a 
review  of  consumable  inventory  levels  at  our  customers’  facilities.  The  Company  communicates  forecasts  of  our  future 
demand to its suppliers and adjusts commitments to those suppliers accordingly. If required, the Company reserves for the 
difference between the carrying value of its inventory and the lower of cost or market value, based upon assumptions about 
future demand, market conditions and the next cyclical market upturn. If actual market conditions are less favorable than its 
projections,  additional  inventory  reserves  may  be  required.  The  Company  reviews  and  dispose  of  excess  and  obsolete 
inventory on a regular basis.  

Property,  Plant  and  Equipment  -  Property,  plant  and  equipment  are  carried  at  cost.  The  cost  of  additions  and  those 
improvements which increase the capacity or lengthen the useful lives of assets are capitalized while repair and maintenance 
costs are expensed as incurred. Depreciation and amortization are provided on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful 
lives as follows: buildings 25 to 40 years; machinery and equipment 3 to 10 years; and leasehold improvements are based on 
the shorter of the life of lease or life of asset. Purchased computer software costs related to business and financial systems are 
amortized over a five year period on a straight-line basis.  

Long-Lived Assets – The Company’s long-lived assets include property, plant and equipment, goodwill and intangible assets. 
Effective October 1, 2001, the Company adopted SFAS 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. In accordance with the 
provisions of this standard, the Company’s goodwill is no longer amortized. The standard also requires that an impairment 
test be performed to support the carrying value of goodwill at least annually, and whenever events occur that may impact the 
carrying value of goodwill. The Company’s goodwill impairment test utilizes discounted cash flows to determine fair value 
and comparative market multiples to corroborate fair value.  

The  Company’s  intangible  assets  with  determinable  lives,  which  are  comprised  of  customer  accounts  and  complete 
technology  in  its  test  interconnect  business  segment,  will  continue  to  be  amortized  over  their  estimated  useful  life.  The 
Company amortizes these intangible assets on a straight-line basis over the estimated period to be benefited by the intangible 
assets, which it estimates to be 10 years. The Company manages and values its complete technology in the aggregate as one 
asset group.  

In  accordance  with  SFAS  No.  144,  “Accounting  for  the  Impairment  or  Disposal  of  Long-lived  Assets,”  the  Company’s 
intangible  assets  and  property,  plant  and  equipment  are  tested  for  impairment  based  on  undiscounted  cash  flows,  and  if 
impaired, written-down to fair value based on either discounted cash flows or appraised values. This standard also provides a 
single accounting model for long-lived assets to be disposed of by sale and establishes additional criteria that would have to 
be met to classify an asset as held for sale. The carrying amount of an asset or asset group is not recoverable if it exceeds the 
sum  of  the  undiscounted  cash  flows  expected  to  result  from  the  use  and  eventual  disposition  of  the  asset  or  asset  group. 
Estimates of future cash flows used to test the recoverability of a long-lived asset or asset group must incorporate the entity’s 
own assumptions about its use of the asset or asset group and must factor in all available evidence. SFAS No. 144 requires 
that  long-lived  assets  be  tested  for  recoverability  whenever  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  its  carrying 
amount  may  not  be  recoverable.  Such  events  include  significant  under-performance  relative  to  the  expected  historical  or 
projected  future  operating  results;  significant  changes  in  the  manner  of  use  of  the  assets;  significant  negative  industry  or 
economic trends and significant changes in market capitalization.  

Shipping  and  Handling  Revenues  and  Costs.  In  September  2000,  the  Emerging  Issues  Task  Force  (EITF)  reached  a  final 
consensus on issue EITF No. 00-10, Accounting for Shipping and Handling Revenues and Costs. The Task Force concluded 
that amounts billed to customers related to shipping and handling should be classified as revenue. The Company adopted the 
consensus in fiscal 2001, and the impact was not material to its financial position and results of operations. 

59 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities - In June 2002, the FASB issued SFAS 146, Accounting for 
Exit or Disposal Activities which addresses significant issues regarding the recognition, measurement, and reporting of costs 
that are associated with exit and disposal activities, including restructuring activities that are currently accounted for pursuant 
to  the  guidance  that  the  Emerging  Issues  Task  Force  (EITF)  has  set  forth  in  EITF  94-3,  Liability  Recognition  for  Certain 
Employee Termination Benefits and Other Costs to Exit an Activity (including Certain Costs Incurred in a Restructuring). 
The Company has adopted this standard and the adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position 
and  results  of  operations,  however,  this  standard  will  in  certain  circumstances  change  the  timing  of  recognition  of 
restructuring (resizing) costs.  

Foreign  Currency  Translation  –  The  majority  of  the  Company’s  business  is  transacted  in  U.S.  dollars,  however,  the 
functional currency of some of the Company’s subsidiaries is their local currency. For the Company subsidiaries that have a 
functional currency other than the U.S. dollar, gains and losses resulting from the translation of the functional currency into 
U.S.  dollars  for  financial  statement  presentation  are  not  included  in  determining  net  income  but  are  accumulated  in  the 
cumulative  translation  adjustment  account  as  a  separate  component  of  shareholders’  equity  (accumulated  other 
comprehensive  income  (loss)),  in  accordance  with  SFAS  No.  52.  Cumulative  translation  adjustments  are  not  adjusted  for 
income  taxes  as  they  relate  to  indefinite  investments  in  non-U.S.  subsidiaries.  Gains  and  losses  resulting  from  foreign 
currency  transactions  are  included  in  the  determination  of  net  income.  Net  exchange  and  transaction  gains  (losses)  were 
$(900)  thousand,  $(1.4)  million  and  $120  thousand,  for  the  fiscal  years  ended  September  30,  2004,  2003  and  2002, 
respectively.  

Revenue Recognition – The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104 (SAB 104), 
Revenue  Recognition.  The  Company  recognizes  revenue  when  persuasive  evidence  of  an  arrangement  exists,  delivery  has 
occurred or services have been rendered, the price is fixed or determinable, the collectibility is reasonably assured, and it has 
completed  its  equipment  installation  obligations  and  received  customer  acceptance,  or  is  otherwise  released  from  its 
installation  or  customer  acceptance  obligations.  In  the  event  terms  of  the  sale  provide  for  a  lapsing  customer  acceptance 
period, revenue is recognized based upon the expiration of the lapsing acceptance period or customer acceptance, whichever 
occurs  first.  The  Company’s  standard  terms  are  Ex  Works  (K&S  factory),  with  title  transferring  to  its  customer  at  the 
Company’s loading dock or upon embarkation. The Company does have a small percentage of sales with other terms, and 
revenue  is  recognized  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of  the  related  customer  purchase  order.  Revenue  related  to  services  is 
generally  recognized  upon  performance  of the  services requested  by  a  customer  order.  Revenue  for extended  maintenance 
service  contracts  with  a  term  more  than  one  month  is  recognized  on  a  prorated  straight-line  basis  over  the  term  of  the 
contract.  

Research and Development - The Company charges all research and development costs associated with the development of 
new products to expense when incurred.  

Income  Taxes  -  Deferred  income  taxes  are  determined  using  the  liability  method  in  accordance  with  SFAS  No.  109, 
Accounting for Income Taxes. No provision is made for U.S. income taxes on the portion of undistributed earnings of foreign 
subsidiaries which are indefinitely reinvested in foreign operations. The Company records a valuation allowance to reduce its 
deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized.  

Environmental Expenditures – Future environmental remediation expenditures are recorded in operating expenses when it is 
probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the liability can be reasonably estimated. Accrued liabilities do 
not include claims against third parties and are not discounted.  

Earnings  Per  Share  -  Earnings  per  share  are  calculated  in  accordance  with  SFAS  No.  128,  Earnings  Per  Share.  Basic 
earnings  per  share  include  only  the  weighted  average  number  of  common  shares  outstanding  during  the  period.  Diluted 
earnings per share include the weighted average number of common shares and the dilutive effect of stock options and other 
potentially dilutive securities outstanding during the period, when such instruments are dilutive.  

Extinguishment  of  Debt  -  In  April  2002,  the  FASB  issued  SFAS  145,  Rescission  of  FASB  Statements  No.  4,  44,  and  64, 
Amendment of FASB Statement No. 13, and Technical Corrections. In rescinding FASB Statement No. 4 and FASB No. 64, 
FASB 145 eliminates the requirement that gains and losses from the extinguishment of debt be aggregated and, if material, 
classified  as  an  extraordinary  item,  net  of  the  related  income  tax  effect.  However,  an  entity  would  not  be  prohibited  from 
classifying  such  gains  and  losses  as  extraordinary  items  so  long  as  they  meet  the  criteria  of  paragraph  20  of  APB  30, 

60 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reporting  the  Results  of  Operations  –  Reporting  the  Effects  of  Disposal  of  a  Segment  of  a  Business,  and  Extraordinary, 
Unusual  and  Infrequently  Occurring  Events  and  Transactions.  Further,  the  Statement  amends  SFAS  13  to  eliminate  an 
inconsistency  between  the  accounting  for  sale  leaseback  transactions  and  certain  lease  modifications  that  have  economic 
effects that are similar to sale leaseback transactions. The Company has adopted this standard and the adoption did not have a 
material impact on its financial position and results of operations.  

Variable  Interest  Entities  -  In  January  2003,  the  FASB  issued  Interpretation  No.  46  (FIN  46),  Consolidation  of  Variable 
Interest Entities, an Interpretation of ARB No. 51. FIN 46 requires certain variable interest entities to be consolidated by the 
primary beneficiary of the entity if the equity investors in the entity do not have the characteristics of a controlling financial 
interest or do not have sufficient equity at risk for the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial 
support from other parties. Effect October 1, 2003, the Company identified a business enterprise that qualifies as a variable 
interest entity and consolidated the entity into the Company’s financial statements in accordance with the new requirements 
beginning  with  the  quarter  ending  December  31,  2003.  The  impact  of  this  change  increased  the  Company’s  assets  and 
liabilities by approximately $6.0 million.  

Accounting  for  Stock-Based  Compensation  –  The  Company  accounts  for  stock  option  grants  using  the  “intrinsic  value 
method” prescribed by Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees (“APB No. 
25”), and discloses the pro forma effect on net income and earnings per share as if the fair value method had been applied to 
stock option grants, in accordance with SFAS 123, Accounting For Stock-Based Compensation.  

In December 2002, the FASB issued SFAS 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation-Transition and Disclosure. This 
Statement amends FASB Statement No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, to provide alternative methods of 
transition for a voluntary change to the fair value based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation. In 
addition, this Statement amends the disclosure requirements of Statement 123 to require prominent disclosures in both annual 
and interim financial statements about the method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation and the effect of the 
method used on reported results.  The Company has adopted the disclosure provisions of this standard.  

Pro  forma  information  regarding  net  income  and  earnings  per  share  is  required  by  SFAS  123  for  options  granted  after 
October 1, 1995 as if the Company had accounted for its stock option grants to employees under the fair value method of 
SFAS 123. The fair value of the Company’s weighted averages of stock option grants to employees was estimated using a 
Black-Scholes option pricing model.  

The following assumptions were employed to estimate the fair value of stock options granted to employees: 

Expected dividend yield
Expected dividend yield
Expected stock price volatility
Expected stock price volatility
Risk-free interest rate
Risk-free interest rate
Expected life (years)
Expected life (years)

Fiscal Year Ended September 30,
Fiscal Year Ended September 30,

2002
2002

-
-
82.95%
82.95%
5.40%
5.40%
7
7

2003
2003

-
-
84.78%
84.78%
2.89%
2.89%
5
5

2004
2004

-
-
83.42%
83.42%
3.32%
3.32%
5
5

61 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                  
                  
                  
                 
                 
                  
                  
                  
                 
                 
For pro forma purposes, the estimated fair value of the Company’s stock options to employees and directors is amortized 
over the options’ vesting period. The Company’s pro forma information follows: 

(net loss in thousands)
Fiscal Year Ended September 30,
2003

2004

2002

Net income (loss), as reported

$   

(274,115)

$     

(76,689)

$      

55,880

Deduct: Total stock-based compensation
expense determined under fair value based
method for all awards, net of related tax effects

(17,227)

(8,828)

(11,831)

Pro forma net income (loss)

$  

(291,342)

$    

(85,517)

$      

44,049

Net income (loss) per share:
   Basic-as reported
   Basic-pro forma

   Diluted - as reported
   Diluted - pro forma

$        
$         

(5.57)
(5.92)

$         
$         

(1.54)
(1.72)

$         
$          

1.10
0.87

$        
$         

(5.27)
(5.92)

$         
$         

(1.54)
(1.72)

$         
$          

0.89
0.72

Reclassifications  -  Certain  amounts  in  the  Company’s  financial  statements  have  been  reclassified  pursuant  to  the 
requirements of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment of Long Lived Assets”, 
to  reflect  the  Company’s  Flip  Chip  business  unit  as  a  discontinued  operation.  The  2003  loss  on  sale  of  product  lines,  as 
further  discussed  in  Note  4,  has  been  reclassified  to  be  included  in  the  operating  expenses  section  of  the  consolidated 
statement of operations, from its prior presentation outside of the operating results.  

NOTE 2: DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS 

In  February  1996,  the  Company  entered  into  a  joint  venture  agreement  with  Delco  Electronics  Corporation  (“Delco”) 
providing for the formation and management of Flip Chip Technologies, LLC (“FCT”). FCT was formed to license related 
technologies  and  to  provide  wafer  bumping  services  on  a  contract  basis.  In  March  2001,  the  Company  purchased  the 
remaining  interest  in  the  joint  venture  owned  by  Delco  for  $5.0  million  and  included  FCT  in  its  Advanced  Packaging 
business segment. FCT was not profitable.  

In February 2004, the Company sold the assets of FCT for approximately $3.4 million in cash and notes, the agreement by 
the  buyer  to  satisfy  approximately  $5.2  million  of  the  Company’s  lease  liabilities  and  the  assumption  of  certain  other 
liabilities.  The  sale  included  fixed  assets,  inventories,  and  intellectual  property  of  the  Company’s  flip  chip  business.  The 
major  classes of FCT  assets and  liabilities  sold  included: $3.6  million  in  accounts receivable, $119  thousand  in  inventory, 
$2.5 million in property, plant and equipment, $119 thousand in other long term assets, $1.5 million in accounts payable and 
$1.0 million in accrued liabilities. The Company recorded a net loss on the sale of FCT of $380 thousand. The net sales from 
FCT in fiscal 2004 were $9.4 million and net loss was $432 thousand. FCT has been recorded as a discontinued operation in 
these financial statements. The Company also reclassified its prior period financial statements to coincide with the current 
presentation. 

The Company recorded revenue and pre-tax loss associated with FCT of $16.4 million and $22.7 million in fiscal 2003 and 
$23.1  million and  $7.9  million  in fiscal  2002.  The  Company  recorded no  income  tax  provision or benefit  from  the  loss  at 
FCT in fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004.  

NOTE 3: RESIZING COSTS   

The  semiconductor  industry  has  been  volatile,  with  sharp  periodic  downturns  and  slowdowns.  The  industry  experienced 
excess capacity and a severe contraction in demand for semiconductor manufacturing equipment during our fiscal 2001, 2002 

62 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                               
       
         
       
and most of 2003. The Company developed formal resizing plans in response to these changes in its business environment 
with  the  intent  to  align  its  cost  structure  with  anticipated  revenue  levels.  Accounting  for  resizing  activities  requires  an 
evaluation of formally agreed upon and approved plans. The Company documented and committed to these plans to reduce 
spending  that  included  facility  closings/rationalizations  and  reductions  in  workforce.  The  Company  recorded  the  expense 
associated  with  these  plans  in  the  period  that  it  committed  to  the  plans.  Although  the  Company  made  every  attempt  to 
consolidate  all  known  resizing  activities  into  one  plan,  the  extreme  cycles  and  rapidly  changing  forecasting  environment 
places limitations on achieving this objective. The recognition of a resizing event does not necessarily preclude similar but 
unrelated actions in future periods. 

The Company recorded resizing charges of $18.8 million in fiscal 2002 and $4.2 million in fiscal 2001. In fiscal 2004, the 
Company  reversed  $68  thousand  of  these  resizing  charges  and  in  fiscal  2003  it  reversed  $475  thousand  of  these  resizing 
charges as the actual severance costs were less than the cost originally estimated.   

In  addition  to  the  formal  resizing  costs  identified  below,  the  Company  continued  (and  is  continuing)  to  downsize  its 
operations in fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004. These downsizing efforts resulted in workforce reduction charges of $4.5 million in 
fiscal 2004, $5.6 million in fiscal 2003 and $5.0 million in fiscal 2002. In contrast to the resizing plans discussed above, these 
workforce reductions were not related to formal or distinct restructurings, but rather, the normal and recurring management of 
employment  levels  in  response  to  business  conditions  and  our  ongoing  effort  to  reduce  the  Company’s  cost  structure.  In 
addition, during fiscal 2003, if the business conditions were to have improved, the Company was prepared to rehire some of 
these  terminated  individuals.  These  recurring  workforce  reduction  charges  were  recorded  as  Selling,  General  and 
Administrative expenses. 

A table of the charges, reversals and payments of the formal resizing plans initiated in fiscal 2002 appears below: 

 Fiscal 2002 Resizing Plans  

Provision for resizing plans in fiscal 2002
   Continuing operations
   Discontinued operations
Payment of obligations in fiscal 2002
     Balance, September 30, 2002
 Change in estimate
Payment of obligations in fiscal 2003
     Balance, September 30, 2003
 Change in estimate
Payment of obligations
     Balance, September 30, 2004

Severance and 
Benefits 

9,486
893
(5,914)
                4,465 
(455)
(3,135)
                   875 
                    (68)
(440)
367

$                

(in thousands)

 Commitments 

Total

9,282

(300)
                8,982 

-
(3,192)
                5,790 
                      -   
(2,619)
3,171

$             

18,768
893
(6,214)
                 13,447 
(455)
(6,327)
                   6,665 
(68)
(3,059)
3,538

$               

The individual resizing plans and acquisition restructuring plans initiated in fiscal 2002 are described below: 

Fourth Quarter 2002 

In January 1999, the Company acquired the advanced substrate technology of MicroModule Systems, a Cupertino, California 
company,  to  enable  production  of  high  density  substrates.  While  showing  some  progress  in  developing  the  substrate 
technology,  the  business  was  not  profitable  and  would  have  required  additional  capital  and  operating  cash  to  complete 
development of the technology. In light of the business downturn that was affecting the semiconductor industry at the time, in 
the fourth quarter of fiscal 2002, the Company announced that it could not afford to further develop the substrate technology 
and would close its substrate operations. As a result, the Company recorded a resizing charge of $8.5 million. The resizing 
charge included a severance charge of $1.2 million for the elimination of 48 positions and lease obligations of $7.3 million. 
By  June  30,  2003,  all  the  positions  had  been  eliminated.  The  plans  have  been  completed  but  cash  payments  for  the  lease 
obligations are expected to continue into 2006, or such time as the obligations can be satisfied. In addition to these resizing 

63 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                
                
                
                   
                     
              
                 
                 
                 
                   
                    
              
              
                 
                      
                 
              
                 
charges,  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  2002,  the  Company  wrote-off  $7.3  million  of  fixed  assets  and  $1.1  million  of 
intangible  assets  associated  with  the  closure  of  the  substrate  operation.  This  substrate  business  was  included  in  the 
Company’s then existing Advanced Packaging business segment. 

Third Quarter 2002 

As a result of the continuing downturn in the semiconductor industry and the Company’s desire to improve the performance 
of its test business segment, the Company decided to move towards a 24 hour per-day manufacturing model in its major U.S. 
wafer test facility, which would provide its customers with faster turn-around time and delivery of orders and economies of 
scale  in  manufacturing.  As  a  result,  in  the  third  quarter  of  fiscal  2002,  the  Company  announced  a  resizing  plan  to  reduce 
headcount  and  consolidate  manufacturing  in  its  test  business  segment.  As  part  of  this  plan,  the  Company  moved 
manufacturing  of  wafer  test  products  from  its  facilities  in  Gilbert,  Arizona  and  Austin,  Texas  to  its  facilities  in  San  Jose, 
California  and  Dallas,  Texas  and  from  its  Kaohsuing,  Taiwan  facility  to  its  Hsin  Chu,  Taiwan  facility.  The  resizing  plan 
included  a  severance  charge  of  $1.6  million  for  the  elimination  of  149  positions  as  a  result  of  the  manufacturing 
consolidation. The resizing plan also included a charge of $0.5 million associated with the closure of the Kaohsuing, Taiwan 
facility and an Austin, Texas facility representing costs of non-cancelable lease obligations beyond the facility closure and 
costs required to restore the production facilities to their original state. All of the positions have been eliminated and both 
facilities  have  been  closed.  The  plans  have  been  completed  but  cash  payments  for  the  severance,  facility  and  contractual 
obligations are expected to continue through 2005, or such earlier time as the obligations can be satisfied. 

Second Quarter 2002 

As a result of the continuing downturn in the semiconductor industry and the Company’s desire to more efficiently manage 
its  business,  in  the  second  quarter  of  fiscal  2002,  the  Company  announced  a  resizing  plan  comprised  of  a  functional 
realignment of business management and the consolidation and closure of certain facilities. In connection with the resizing 
plan,  the  Company  recorded  a  charge  of  $11.3  million  ($10.4  million  in  continuing  operations  and  $0.9  million  in 
discontinued operations), consisting of severance and benefits of $9.7 million for 372 positions that were to be eliminated as 
a  result  of  the  functional  realignment,  facility  consolidation,  the  shift  of  certain  manufacturing  to  China  (including  the 
Company’s hub blade business) and the move of the Company’s microelectronics products to Singapore and a charge of $1.6 
million for the cost of lease commitments beyond the closure date of facilities to be exited as part of the facility consolidation 
plan. 

In the second quarter of fiscal 2002, the Company closed five test facilities: two in the United States, one in France, one in 
Malaysia, and one in Singapore. These operations were absorbed into other company facilities. The resizing charge for the 
facility consolidation reflects the cost of lease commitments beyond the exit dates that are associated with these closed test 
facilities. 

To reduce the Company’s short term cash requirements, the Company decided, in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2002, not to 
relocate  either  its  hub  blade  manufacturing  facility  from  the  United  States  to  China  or  its  microelectronics  product 
manufacturing  from  the  United  States  to  Singapore,  as  previously  announced.  This  change  in  the  Company’s  facility 
relocation plan resulted in a reversal of $1.6 million of the resizing costs recorded in the second quarter of fiscal 2002. As a 
result the Company reduced its expected annual savings from this resizing plan for payroll related expenses by approximately 
$4.7 million. 

Also in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2002, the Company reversed $600 thousand ($590 thousand in continuing operations and 
$10  thousand  in  discontinued  operations)  of  the  severance  resizing  expenses  and  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  2003  the 
Company  reversed  $353  thousand  of  resizing  expenses,  previously  recorded  in  the  second  quarter  of  fiscal  2002,  due  to 
actual  severance  costs  associated  with  the  terminated  positions  being  less  than  those  estimated  as  a  result  of  employees 
leaving the Company before they were severed. 

As a result of the functional realignment, the Company terminated employees at all levels of the organization from factory 
workers  to  vice  presidents.  The  organizational  change  shifted  management  of  the  Company  businesses  to  functional  (i.e. 
sales,  manufacturing,  research  and  development,  etc.)  areas  across  product  lines  rather  than  by  product  line.  For  example, 
research  and  development  activities  for  the  entire  company  are  now  controlled  and  coordinated  by  one  corporate  vice 

64 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
president under the functional organizational structure, rather than separately by each business unit. This structure provides 
for a more efficient allocation of human and capital resources to achieve corporate R&D initiatives. 

The plans have been completed but cash payments for the severance charges are expected to continue into 2005, or such time 
as the obligations can be satisfied. 

NOTE 4:  ASSET IMPAIRMENT 

In addition to resizing costs (see Note 3), the Company terminated several of its major initiatives in its effort to more closely 
align its cost structure with expected revenue levels and wrote-down certain assets to their estimated fair market value. As a 
result,  the  Company  recorded  asset  impairment  charges  of  $3.3  million  in  fiscal  2004,  $10.5  million  ($3.6  in  continuing 
operation and $6.9 million in discontinued operations) in fiscal 2003, and $31.6 million in fiscal 2002.  

Fiscal 2004 

In fiscal 2004, the Company recorded an asset impairment charge of $3.3 million, $3.2 million of which was due to the write-
off of the portion of its complete technology intangible asset (see Note 5 for the Company’s policy on testing its intangible 
assets for impairment) associated with its PC board fabrication business (which was closed in fiscal 2004) and $110 thousand 
was  associated  with  the  write-down  of  manufacturing  equipment  resulting  from  the  closure  of  a  probe  card  production 
facility in France.  

Fiscal 2003  

In fiscal 2003, the Company recorded an asset impairment charge of $10.5 million. The charge included: $6.9 million in its 
flip chip business unit to write-down assets to their estimated fair market value; $1.7 million associated with manufacturing 
equipment for a discontinued test product; $1.2 million associated with manufacturing equipment in a downsized test facility 
in Dallas, Texas; and $730 thousand resulting from the write-down of assets that were sold and assets that became obsolete. 
In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003, the Company completed the sale of its sawing and hard material blades product lines as 
well as its polymer product line. As a result of these transactions, the Company recorded a loss of $5.3 million made up of 
asset write-offs of $6.5 million offset by cash proceeds of $1.2 million.  

Fiscal 2002  

In fiscal 2002, the Company recorded an asset impairment of $31.6 million. The charge included: $16.9 million due to the 
cancellation of a company-wide integrated information system; $8.4 million due to the write-off of assets associated with the 
closure of the substrates operation; $3.6 million for the write-off of development and license costs of certain engineering and 
manufacturing software; $1.4 million of write-offs associated with a closed wire facility in Taiwan; and $1.3 million related 
to leasehold improvements at the leased probe card manufacturing facilities in Malaysia and the United States, which were 
closed.  

NOTE 5: GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS 

The intangible assets that are classified as goodwill and those with indefinite lives are not amortized. Intangible assets with 
determinable lives are amortized over their estimated useful life. The Company performs its annual impairment test at the end 
of the fourth quarter of each fiscal year, which coincides with the completion of its annual forecasting process. The Company 
also tests for impairment between its annual tests if a “triggering” event occurs that may have the effect of reducing the fair 
value  of  a  reporting  unit  below  its  carrying  value.  When  conducting  its  goodwill  impairment  analysis,  the  Company 
calculates its potential impairment charges based on the two-step test identified in SFAS 142 and using the implied fair value 
of the respective reporting units. The Company uses the present value of future cash flows from the respective reporting units 
to determine the implied fair value. The Company’s intangible assets other than goodwill are tested for impairment based on 
undiscounted  cash  flows,  and  if  impaired,  written-down  to  fair  value  based  on  either  discounted  cash  flows  or  appraised 
values. The Company’s intangible assets are comprised of customer accounts and complete technology in its test interconnect 
business segment. The Company manages and values its complete technology in the aggregate as one asset group.  

In  fiscal  2002,  the  Company  reviewed  its  business  and  determined  that  there  are  five  reporting  units  to  be  reviewed  for 

65 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
impairment in accordance with the standard – the reporting units were: the bonding wire, hub blade, substrate, flip chip and 
test businesses. The bonding wire and hub blade businesses are included in the Company’s packaging materials segment, the 
substrate business is included in the Company’s advanced packaging segment and the test business comprises the Company’s 
test segment and the flip chip business unit is included in discontinued operations. There is no goodwill associated with the 
Company’s equipment segment. Upon adoption of SFAS 142 in the first quarter of fiscal 2002, the Company completed the 
required transitional impairment testing of intangible assets, and based upon those analyses, did not identify any impairment 
charges as a result of adoption of this standard effective October 1, 2001.  

Upon  adoption  of  the  standard  in  fiscal  2002,  the  Company  reclassified  $17.2  million  of  intangible  assets  relating  to  an 
acquired  workforce  in  the  test  reporting  unit  into  goodwill  and  correspondingly  reduced  goodwill  by  $4.9  million  for  the 
deferred  tax  liability  established  for  basis  differences  of  the  workforce  intangible  for  income  tax  and  financial  reporting 
purposes.  Also  in  fiscal  2002,  the  Company  reduced  goodwill  associated  with  the  test  reporting  unit  by  $1.5  million 
reflecting  the  settlement  of  a  purchase  price  dispute  with  the  former  owners  of  Probe  Technology  and  increased  goodwill 
associated  with  its  flip  chip  reporting  unit  by  $96  thousand  reflecting  an  increase  in  the  cost  to  purchase  the  former  joint 
venture partner’s equity share.  

In  fiscal  2001,  2002  and  2003,  the  semiconductor  industry  experienced  a  severe  industry  downturn.  Due  to  the  prolonged 
nature  of  the  industry  downturn,  the  Company  continually  recalibrated  its  businesses  and  projections  of  future  operating 
activities. The Company saw an up-tick in its business in the spring of 2002 and at that time believed in was emerging from 
the effects of an industry down turn. However, this up-tick in business was not sustained and the Company’s business turned 
back down in the second half of fiscal 2002. By the end of its fiscal 2002, the Company’s recalibrated forecasts of future cash 
flows from its test, hub blades and substrate reporting units were substantially lower than in the beginning of that fiscal year, 
which lead to the closing of the substrate business and an associated write-off of all the substrate intangible assets of $1.1 
million and goodwill impairment charges in the test business of $72.0 million and in its hub blades business of $2.3 million. 
Likewise, by the end of fiscal 2003, the Company’s forecast of future cash flows from its flip chip business unit were lower 
than  previous  forecasts  and  resulted  in  goodwill  and  assets  impairment  charges  of  $5.7  million  (included  in  discontinued 
operations) and the subsequent sale of the assets of this business. The Company recorded goodwill impairment charges in the 
period in which its analysis of future business conditions indicated that the reporting unit’s fair value, and the implied value 
of goodwill, was less than its respective carrying values.  

Due  to  the  amount  of  goodwill  associated  with  the  Company’s  test  reporting  unit,  the  Company  retained  a  third  party 
valuation firm to assist management in estimating the test reporting unit’s fair value at September 30, 2002. The appraisal 
was  based  on  discounted  cash  flows  of  this  reporting  unit.  The  estimated  fair  value  was  determined  using  the  Company’s 
weighted  average  cost  of  capital.  The  estimated  fair  value  was  then  corroborated  by  comparing  the  implied  multiples 
applicable to the test reporting unit’s projected earning to “guideline” companies’ forward earnings and based on this it was 
determined that they were within the range of the “guideline” companies. The fair value of the Company’s test reporting unit 
at  September  30,  2003  was  determined  in  the  same  manner,  however,  as  it  was  greater  than  the  carrying  value  of  the 
reporting unit, there was no goodwill impairment.  

The  Company  also  recorded  a  goodwill  impairment  charge  at  September  30,  2002  in  its  hub  blade  reporting  unit.  The 
Company  calculated  the  fair  value  of  this  reporting  unit  based  on  the  present  value  of  its  projected  future  cashflows.  The 
estimated  fair  value  was  determined  using  the  Company’s  weighted  average  cost  of  capital.  The  triggering  event  for  this 
impairment charge was the recalibrated forecasts, in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2002, when the Company first determined 
that the fair value of the hub blade reporting unit was less than its carrying value.  

As mentioned above, in September 2003, the Company recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $5.7 million (included in 
discontinued operations) at its flip chip business unit. The fair value of this reporting unit was determined using quoted prices 
from potential purchasers of this reporting unit. The quoted prices were subsequently confirmed upon the sale of the assets of 
the  flip  chip  reporting  unit  in  February  of  2004.  The  triggering  event  for  this  impairment  charge  was  also  recalibrated 
forecasts in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003, when the Company determined that the fair value of its flip chip reporting unit 
was less than its current carrying value.  

In fiscal 2004, we performed interim goodwill impairment tests during the quarters ended December 31, 2003 and March 31, 
2004 due to the existence of an impairment trigger, which was the losses experienced in our test business.  Based on these 
test  results  and  our  annual  impairment  test,  no  impairment  charge  was  recorded  in  fiscal  2004.  The  fair  value  of  the  test 

66 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
reporting unit was based on discounted cash flows of our projected future cash flows from this reporting unit, consistent with 
the methods used in fiscal 2002 and 2003. We also tested our intangible assets for impairment in the March 2004 quarter, as a 
result of the sale of certain assets of the test operations and recorded an impairment charge of $3.2 million associated with the 
reporting unit’s purchased technology intangible asset. See Note 4. 

The value of goodwill at September 30, 2003 and 2004 was $81.4 million.  

The changes in the value of intangible assets from September 30, 2002 to September 30, 2004 appear below:  

Intangible balance at September 30, 2002 
  Amortization  
Intangible balance at September 30, 2003 
  Impairment charge 
  Amortization  
Intangible balance at September 30, 2004 

(in thousands) 

Customer 
Accounts 

Complete 
Technology   

Total 
Intangible 
Assets 

 $          33,563  $        41,946   $          75,509 
              (4,112)            (5,148)                (9,260)
          36,798               66,249 
             29,451 
                     -               (3,182)                (3,182)
              (4,112)            (4,910)                (9,022)
 $          25,339  $        28,706   $          54,045 

At September 30, 2004 all intangible assets are recorded in the test business segment. The aggregate amortization expense 
related to these intangible assets for the twelve months ended September 30, 2004 was $9.0 million compared to $9.3 million 
in fiscal 2003 and $9.9 million in fiscal 2002. The aggregate amortization expense for each of the next five fiscal years is 
expected to be $8.8 million.  

NOTE 6: COMPREHENSIVE LOSS 

At September 30, 2004, the components of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss, reflected in the Consolidated Balance 
Sheet, consisted of the following: 

Loss from foreign currency translation adjustments
Unrealized gain (loss) on investments, net of taxes  
Minimum pension liability, net of tax

Other comprehensive loss

                        (in thousands)

           September 30, 

2003

2004

$            

(961)
(1)
(6,756)

$          

(516)
(43)
(6,356)

$        

(7,718)

$      

(6,915)

67 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                               
                  
              
           
         
                               
                               
 NOTE  7:  INVESTMENTS  

At September  30, 2004 and 2003, no short-term  investments were classified as held-to-maturity. Investments,  excluding cash 
equivalents, classified as available-for-sale, consisted of the following at September 30, 2004 and 2003: 

(in thousands)

September 30, 2003
Unrealized
Gains/   
  (Losses) 

Fair 
 Value 

Cost 
 Basis 

Fair 
 Value 

September 30, 2004
Unrealized
Gains/   
  (Losses) 

Cost 
 Basis 

$      

4,200
290

-
$          
-

$        

4,200
290

$    

31,883
293

(64)
$          
-

$    

31,947
293

$      

4,490

$          
-

$        

4,490

$    

32,176

$          

(64)

$    

32,240

Available-for-sale:
Government and Corporate

   debt securities
Adjustable rate notes
Short-term investments
classified as available
for sale 

In fiscal 2004, the Company purchased $45.0 million of securities it classified as available-for-sale and sold $17.3 million of 
available-for-sale securities. In fiscal 2003, the Company purchased $8.6 million of securities it classified as available-for-
sale and sold $26.3 million of available-for-sale securities. 

NOTE 8:  BALANCE SHEET COMPONENTS  

Inventories consist of the following:  

Raw materials and supplies 
Work in process
Finished goods

Inventory reserves

(in thousands)
September 30,

2003

2004

$         

29,654
11,788
12,279

53,721
(15,815)

$         

45,411
12,350
13,373

71,134
(13,117)

$         

37,906

$         

58,017

 (1) To reduce its cost to procure gold, the Company changed its gold supply financing arrangement in June 2004. As a result, 
gold  is  no  longer  treated  as  consignment  goods  and  is  now  reflected  and  included  in  the  Company’s  inventory  and 
accounts payable. Accordingly, raw materials inventory at September 30, 2004 includes $11.2 million of gold inventory 
and accounts payable includes a corresponding liability of $11.2 million. Prior to the June 2004 change in the Company’s 
gold supply financing arrangement the Company did not reflect gold in its inventory. This accounted for the majority of 
the increase in raw materials and supplies inventory from September 2003 to September 2004. The Company’s obligation 
for payment and the price it pays for gold continues to be set at the time and price it ships gold wire to its customers. 

Assets held for sale: 

In  the  September  2004  quarter,  the  Company  entered  into  an  agreement  to  sell  land  and  a  building  for  $11.2  million. 
Accordingly, the Company reflected the carrying value of the land and building in the amounts of $6.1 million at September 
30, 2004 and $6.8 million at September 30, 2003 as assets held for sale.  

68 

 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                                   
           
           
           
           
           
           
         
         
           
            
             
           
            
           
Property, Plant and Equipment consist of the following:    

Land
Buildings and building improvements
Machinery and equipment
Leasehold improvements

Accumulated depreciation 

Accrued expenses consist of the following: 

Wages and benefits
Contractural commitments on closed facilities
Severance
Customer advances
Interest on long term debt
Other

(in thousands)
September 30,

2003

2004

$              

161
17,059
151,674
14,767

183,661
(129,222)
54,439

$         

$           

1,843
11,533
132,184
14,736

160,296
(108,862)
51,434

$         

(in thousands)
September 30,

2003

2004

$       

$       

17,537
5,777
3,365
2,549
3,155
9,502
41,885

21,314
3,045
2,326
2,791
493
7,691
37,660

$      

$       

The Company had restricted cash balances of $3.3 million at September 30, 2004 and $2.8 million at September 30, 2003. These 
restricted cash balances were used to support letters of credit.  

NOTE 9:  DEBT OBLIGATIONS 

Long term debt at September 30, 2003 and 2004 consisted of the following:  

Type
Convertible Subordinated Notes
Convertible Subordinated Notes
Convertible Subordinated Notes
Convertible Subordinated Notes
Other(2)

Fiscal Year
of Maturity

2006
2007
2009
2010

Conversion
Price(1)
$      
19.75
$      
22.90
$      
20.33
$      
12.84

Rate

5.25%
4.75%
0.50%
1.00%

              (in thousands)
    Outstanding Balance at
           September 30,

2003
125,000
175,000
-
-
338
300,338

$    

$    

2004
-
$          
-
205,000
65,000
5,725
275,725

$  

(1)  Subject to adjustment. 
(2)  Includes a mortgage of $5.5 million held by a  limited liability company which the Company began consolidating 

into its financial statements at December 31, 2003 in accordance with FIN 46. 

In  the  quarter  ended  December  31,  2003,  the  Company  issued  $205  million  of  0.5%  Convertible  Subordinated  Notes  in  a 
private  placement  to  qualified  institutional  investors.  No  principal  payments  are  required  until  maturity  on  November  30, 
2008, the notes bear interest at 0.5% per annum and the notes are convertible into common stock of the Company at $20.33 

69 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
           
 
           
           
 
           
           
           
           
              
           
           
 
           
 
           
         
 
         
           
 
           
         
 
         
       
       
      
            
              
     
              
       
         
per share, subject to adjustment for certain events. The notes are general obligations of the Company and are subordinated to 
all  senior  debt.  The  notes  rank  equally  with  the  Company’s  1.0%  Convertible  Subordinated  Notes.  There  are  no  financial 
covenants associated with the notes and there are no restrictions on incurring additional debt or issuing or repurchasing our 
securities. Interest on the notes is payable on May 30 and November 30 each year.  

The Company used the majority of the net proceeds from the issuance of the 0.5% Convertible Subordinated Notes to redeem 
all of its $175 million of 4.75% Convertible Subordinated Notes at a redemption price equal to 102.036% of the principal 
amount of the 4.75% notes. The Company recorded a charge of $6.2 million associated with the redemption of these notes, 
$2.6 million of which was due to the write-off of unamortized note issuance costs and $3.6 million due to the redemption 
premium.  

In the quarter ended June 30, 2004, the Company issued $65 million of 1.0% Convertible Subordinated Notes in a private 
placement to qualified institutional investors. No principal payments are required until maturity on June 30, 2010, the notes 
bear interest at 1.0% per annum and the notes are convertible into common stock of the Company at $12.84 per share, subject 
to  adjustment  for  certain  events.  The  conversion  rights  of  these  Notes  may  be  terminated  on  or  after  June  30,  2006  if  the 
closing  price  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  has  exceeded  140%  of  the  conversion  price  then  in  effect  for  at  least  20 
trading  days  within  a  period  of  30  consecutive  trading  days.  The  notes  are  general  obligations  of  the  Company  and  are 
subordinated to all senior debt. The notes rank equally with the Company’s 0.5% Convertible Subordinated Notes. There are 
no financial covenants associated with the 1.0% notes and there are no restrictions on incurring additional debt or issuing or 
repurchasing our securities. Interest on the notes is payable on June 30 and December 30 each year.  

The  Company  used  the  net  proceeds  from  the  issuance  of  the  1.0%  Convertible  Subordinated  Notes  along  with  cash 
remaining from the issuance of the 0.5% Convertible Subordinated Notes and cash from operations to purchase all of the its 
5.25%  Convertible  Subordinated  Notes  at  a  purchase  prices  between  101.0%  and  102.1%  of  the  principal  amount  of  the 
5.25% notes. The Company recorded a charge of $4.4 million associated with the purchase of these notes, $2.0 million of 
which was due to the write-off of unamortized note issuance costs and $2.4 million due to the purchase premium.  

NOTE 10:  SHAREHOLDERS'  EQUITY 

Common Stock 

In fiscal 2004, the Company’s common stock increased by $4.2 million reflecting the proceeds from the exercise of employee 
and director stock options, $991 thousand due to a tax benefit associated with the exercise of the stock options, $2.3 million due 
to the issuance of common stock as matching contributions to the Company’s 401(k) saving plan, and $2.8 million due to the 
Company’s contribution of common stock to its pension plan.  

Stock Option Plans 

The Company  has five employee stock option plans (the "Employee Plans") pursuant to which options have been or may be 
granted at 100% of the market price of the Company's Common Stock on the date of grant. Options granted under the Employee 
Plans are exercisable at such dates as are determined in connection with their issuance, but not later than ten years after the date 
of grant. No compensation expense has been recognized related to the employee stock based plans. 

70 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following summarizes all employee stock option activity for the three years ended September 30, 2004: 

(Option amounts in  thousands)
September 30, 

2002

2003

2004

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

Options

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

Options

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price 

Options

Options outstanding at
 beginning of period                  
Granted
Exercised                                   
Terminated or canceled             
Options outstanding at
 end of period
Options exercisable at
 end of period

5,832
2,519
(160)
(871)

$   

12.16
14.64
9.21
13.52

7,320
2,459
(91)
(1,101)

$   

12.92
3.45
4.41
10.48

8,587
1,929
(592)
(1,764)

$   

10.57
12.04
6.84
12.05

7,320

12.92

8,587

10.57

8,160

10.90

2,922

11.02

4,453

11.84

4,451

11.55

The  following  table  summarizes  information  concerning  currently  outstanding  and  exercisable  employee  options  at 
September 30, 2004:  
                                                                                     (Option amounts in thousands)

Range of Exercise 
Prices

$      
$      
$      
$      
$    
$    
$    
$    
$    

1.44
3.22
6.42
9.63
12.04
16.04
19.25
22.45
28.87

-
-
-
-
-
-

$      
$      
$      
$    
$    
$    
$    
$    
$    

3.21
6.41
9.62
12.03
16.03
19.24
22.44
28.86
32.06

Options Outstanding

Options Exercisable

Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Life

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price

Options 
Outstanding 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price

Number 
Exercisable

1,409
480
663
295
3,819
1,482
-
-
12

8,160

7.4
2.4
3.9
6.8
6.7
5.7

5.4

6.2

-
-

$             

2.95
5.48
6.72
10.43
13.01
16.55
-
-
32.06

10.90

320
434
663
256
1,816
953
-
-

9

4,451

$             

2.95
5.48
6.72
10.25
13.61
16.77
-
-
32.06

11.55

The  Company  also  maintains  two  stock  option  plans  for  non-officer  directors  (the  "Director  Plans")  pursuant  to  which 
options to purchase shares of the Company's Common Stock at an exercise price of 100% of the market price on the date of 
grant are issued to each non-officer director each year. Options to purchase 510,000 shares at an average exercise price of 
$15.19 were outstanding under the Director Plans at September 30, 2004, of which options to purchase 330,500 shares were 
exercisable.   In  fiscal 2004, 2003  and  2002,  there  were 10,000, 8,000 and  6,000 options, respectively,  exercised under  the 
Director  Plans  at  an  average  exercise  price  of  $3.13,  $2.75  and  $1.69,  respectively.  No  compensation  expense  has  been 
recognized related to our Director stock based plans. 

71 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
             
                
                
               
                
               
                
               
                
               
                
             
                
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
                
             
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                  
             
                    
             
             
           
            
            
     
     
     
     
     
     
       
     
     
      
       
        
       
      
       
      
     
   
     
   
     
     
   
   
   
    
     
     
   
   
   
    
     
At  September  30,  2004,  12.3  million  shares  were  reserved  for  issuance  and  4.1  million  shares  were  available  for  grant  in 
connection  with  the  Employee  Plans  and  920  thousand  shares  were  reserved  for  issuance  and  410  thousand  shares  were 
available for grant in connection with a Director Plan.  

NOTE 11:  EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS 

The  Company  has  a  non-contributory  defined  benefit  pension  plan  covering  substantially  all  U.S.  employees  who  were 
employed on September 30, 1995. The benefits for this plan were based on the employees' years of service and the employees' 
compensation  during  the  three  years  before  retirement.  The  Company's  funding  policy  is  consistent  with  the  funding 
requirements of U.S. Federal employee benefit and tax laws. Effective December 31, 1995, the benefits under the Company's 
pension plan were frozen. As a consequence, accrued benefits no longer change as a result of an employee's length of service or 
compensation.  

Detailed information regarding the Company’s defined benefit pension plan is as follows: 

(in thousands)
Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 

2002

2003

2004

Change in benefit obligation:
Benefit obligations at beginning of year:
     Interest cost
     Benefit paid
     Actuarial (gain) loss
Benefit obligation at end of year

Change in plan assets:
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year:
     Actual return on plan assets
     Employer contributions
     Benefits paid
Fair value of assets at end of year

Reconciliation of funded status:
     Funded status
     Unrecognized actuarial loss
          Net amount recognized at year-end

Amount recognized in the statement of 
 financial position consists of:
     Accrued benefit liability
     Accumulated other comprehensive income/ 
     Unrecognized net loss
          Net amount recognized at year-end

Components of net periodic benefit cost:
     Interest Cost
     Expected return on plan assets
     Recognized actuarial loss
          Net periodic benefit cost

$      

$    

$       

$      

$      

15,359
1,094
(636)
1,770
17,587

11,181
(1,612)
151
(636)
9,084

$    

$       

$      

$       

17,587
1,122
(678)
1,336
19,367

9,084
2,357
1,635
(678)
12,398

19,367
1,139
(859)
20
19,667

12,398
953
2,824
(859)
15,316

$        

$    

$       

$       

(8,503)
11,530
3,027

$        

$     

(6,968)
10,395
3,427

$      

$        

$         

(4,351)
9,780
5,429

(8,503)

$     

(6,968)

$        

(4,351)

11,530
3,027

$        

10,395
3,427

$      

9,780
5,429

$         

$      

$         

1,094
(875)
560
779

$           

1,122
(751)
865
1,236

$      

$            

1,140
(1,072)
754
822

Weighted-average assumptions as of September 30:
     Discount rate
     Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets
     Rate of compensaton increase

* Not applicable due to the December 31, 1995 benefit freeze

6.50%
8.00%

    *

6.00%
8.00%
    *

6.00%
8.00%

    *

72 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
          
        
           
            
          
             
          
        
                
         
        
              
             
        
           
            
          
             
        
      
           
         
        
      
           
          
            
          
          
             
           
              
The  Company’s  pension  plan  weighted-average  asset  allocations  at  September  30,  2004  and  2003  by  asset  category  were  as 
follows: 

Asset Category:

Equity securities (1)
Debt securities
Other 

Plan Assets at September 30,

2003

2004

65%
33%
2%
100%

63%
32%
5%
100%

(1)    Equity  securities  include  Kulicke  and  Soffa  Industries,  Inc.  Common  stock  in  the  amounts  of  $1,627,500  (13%)  and 
$791,000 (5%) at September 30, 2003 and 2004, respectively.  

The  Company  has  adopted  an  investment  policy  for  its  pension  plan  assets  which  emphasizes  capital  appreciation  and,  
secondarily, dividend and interest income.  The Company’s primary goal is to grow the pension plan’s assets for the benefit of 
the pension plan participants and their beneficiaries. To achieve this, the pension plan retains a professional investment advisor 
and invests pension plan assets in equity and fixed income securities.  The Company’s investment policy permits investments in, 
but not limited to, mutual funds, common stocks, U.S. Government and Agency securities, preferred stock and money market 
funds and it prohibits investments in, but not limited to, private placements, limited partnerships, venture-Capital Investments 
and real-estate properties. The company’s investment policy also prohibits short selling and margin transactions.  The Company 
has  the  following  target  mixes  for  these  asset  classes,  which  are readjusted  quarterly,  when  an asset  class  weighting  deviates 
from the target mix, with the goal of achieving the required return at a reasonable risk level: 

Asset Category:

Equity securities
Debt securities

Target Mix(1)

60%
40%
100%

(1) Actual mix may vary from the target mix due to the holding of temporary cash securities to meet short term plan 
obligations. 

Discount rates are established based on prevailing market rates for high-quality fixed-income instruments that, if the pension 
benefit  obligation  was  settled  at  the  measurement  date,  would  provide  the  necessary  future  cash  flows  to  pay  the  benefit 
obligations when due. The Company uses long-term historical actual return experiences with consideration to the investment 
mix of the pension plan’s assets and future estimates of long-term investment returns to develop its expected rate of return 
assumptions used in calculating the net periodic pension cost. 

The Company contributed approximately $2.8 million (based on the market price at the time of contribution) in Company stock 
to  the  Plan  in  Fiscal  2004  and  $1.0  million  in  fiscal  2003.  In  fiscal  2005,  the  Company  expects  to  make  a  contribution  of 
Company  common  stock  of  approximately  10%  of  the  market  value  of  assets  at  the  time  of  the  contribution.  Employee 
contributions are neither required nor permitted. 

73 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Estimated future benefit payments for each of the next five fiscal years and the next five fiscal years in aggregate are as follows: 

Fiscal year ending:
September 30, 2005
September 30, 2006
September 30, 2007
September 30, 2008
September 30, 2009
September 30, 2010 - September 30, 2014

$    

758,049
753,520
844,873
925,777
994,252
5,495,138

The Company's foreign subsidiaries have retirement plans that are integrated with and supplement the benefits provided by laws 
of  the  various  countries.  They  are  not  required  to  report  nor  do  they  determine  the  actuarial  present  value  of  accumulated 
benefits or net assets available for plan benefits. On a consolidated basis, pension expense was $1.9 million, $2.5 million and 
$1.4 million, in fiscal 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.  

The  Company  has  a  401(k)  Employee  Incentive  Savings  Plan.  This  plan  allows  for  employee  contributions  and  matching 
Company contributions in varying percentages, depending on employee age and years of service, ranging from 50% to 175% of 
the employees' contributions. The Company's contributions under this plan totaled $2.3 million, $2.2 million and $2.5 million in 
fiscal 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively, and were satisfied by contributions of shares of Company common stock, valued at the 
market price on the date of the matching contribution. 

NOTE 12:  INCOME TAXES            

Income (loss) before income taxes consisted of the following: 

(in thousands)
Fiscal Year Ended September 30,   

2002

2003

2004

United States operations                                                                  
Foreign operations                                                                            

$      

(270,008)
36,393

$        

(56,385)
9,983

$          

25,927
38,151

$      

(233,615)

$        

(46,402)

$          

64,078

The provision (benefit) for income taxes include the following: 

 Current:
     Federal
     State
     Foreign

Deferred:
     Federal
     Foreign

(in thousands)
Fiscal Year Ended September 30,   

2002

2003

2004

$          

(7,376)
20
7,109

32,808
-

$               
-

-
7,594

-
-

$               

579
663
5,678

574
(108)

$          

32,561

$            

7,594

$            

7,386

74 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
      
      
      
   
                   
                     
                 
              
              
              
            
                     
                 
                     
                     
               
            
              
            
                                                                                                         
The provision (benefit) for income taxes differed from the amount computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate as 
follows: 

Computed income tax expense (benefit) based on
     U.S. statutory rate

Effect of earnings of foreign subsidiaries
     subject to different tax rates
Benefits from Israeli and Singapore Approved 
   Enterprise Zones
Tax credit write-offs
Effect of Permanent Items
Benefits of net operating loss and tax credit
   carryforwards and change in valuation allowance
Non-deductible goodwill impairment and amortization
Foreign dividends
Write off of In-Process Research and Development
Effect of revisions of  permanent items
State income tax expense
Other, net 

(in thousands)
Fiscal Year Ended September 30,

2002

2003

2004

$      

(84,544)

$      

(24,183)

22,199

708

(1,565)

(5,890)
12,167
-

65,327
22,475
24,968
(343)
(2,456)
-
149
32,561

$       

706
-
-

12,059
-
19,600
-
-
-
977
7,594

$         

(1,973)

(4,784)

(1,237)

(11,185)
-
3,912
-
-
404
50
7,386

$         

Undistributed  earnings  of  certain  foreign  subsidiaries  for  which  taxes  have  not  been  provided  approximate  $54.1  million  at 
September 30, 2004. Such undistributed earnings are considered to be indefinitely reinvested in foreign operations.  

Undistributed  earnings  approximating  $48.3  million  are  not  considered  to  be  indefinitely  reinvested  in  foreign  operations. 
Accordingly, as of September 30, 2004, deferred tax liabilities of $24.2 million including withholding taxes have been provided.  

On October 22, 2004 the U.S. Government passed the American Jobs Creation Act. The Act provides for certain tax benefits 
including but not limited to the reinvestment of foreign earnings in the United States. The Company is currently evaluating the 
Act and may or may not benefit from such provisions. 

Deferred  income  taxes  are  determined  based  on  the  differences  between  the  financial  reporting  and  tax  basis  of  assets  and 
liabilities as measured by the current tax rates. 

75 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
              
          
          
          
              
          
         
               
               
               
          
         
         
        
         
               
               
         
         
           
             
               
               
          
               
               
               
               
              
              
              
                
The net deferred tax balance is composed of the tax effects of cumulative temporary differences, as follows: 

(in thousands)
September 30,

2003

2004

Inventory reserves
Warranty accrual
Other accruals and reserves
Revenue recognition
  Total short-term deferred tax asset

Intangible assets 
Domestic tax credit carryforwards
Domestic NOL carryforwards
Foreign NOL carryforwards

Valuation allowance

  Total long-term deferred tax asset

Repatriation of foreign earnings, 
    including foreign withholding taxes
Depreciable assets
Intangible assets
Prepaid expenses and other
  Total long-term deferred tax liability

  Net long-term deferred liability

$         

$         

3,343
339
6,893
125
10,700

3,352
390
8,542
133
12,417

$       

$       

$         

7,901
4,847
89,811
14,435

116,994
(100,728)

$       

11,091
5,427
82,000
9,110

107,628
(97,860)

$       

16,266

$         

9,768

$       

$       

23,441
(24)
20,845
3,406
47,668

24,230
4,561
17,470
482
46,743

$       

$       

$       

31,402

$       

36,975

The Company has U.S. net operating loss carryforwards, state net operating loss carryforwards, and tax credit carryforwards of 
approximately  $186.4  million,  $290.1  million,  and  $5.4  million,  respectively,  that  will  reduce  future  taxable  income.  These 
carryforwards can be utilized in the future, prior to expiration of certain carryforwards in 2009 through 2023. 

In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2002, as part of the income  tax provision for the period, the Company recorded a charge of 
$65.3  million  for  the  establishment  of  a  valuation  allowance  against  its  deferred  tax  asset  consisting  primarily  of  U.S.  net 
operating loss carryforwards. The Company determined that the valuation allowance was required based on its losses, which 
are given substantially more weight than forecasts of future profitability in the evaluation. No tax benefits were recorded in 
respect of U.S.  net  operating  losses  incurred  during fiscal  2003.  The  Company  established  a valuation  allowance of  $12.1 
million in fiscal 2003 against U.S and foreign net operating losses. In fiscal 2004, the Company reversed the portion of its 
valuation allowance that was equal to U.S. taxable income.  While the Company utilized approximately $11.2 million of its 
deferred tax asset relating to U.S. operating loss carryforwards in fiscal 2004, the Company has concluded that the current 
year  positive  evidence does not outweigh  the negative  evidence  of  recent  losses. Until  the  Company  utilizes  its  remaining 
U.S.  operating  loss  carryforwards  or  is  reasonably  assured  of  future  utilization  of  the  loss  carryforwards,  its  income  tax 
provision will reflect foreign taxation, state taxes and U.S. alternative minimum tax. 

The Company also has generated losses in certain foreign jurisdictions totaling approximately $25.4 million. Similar to the 
situation with the U.S. NOL’s, realization of the benefit associated with these foreign loss carryforwards cannot be assured 
and a full valuation allowance has been provided against the deferred tax assets associated with these carryforwards.  

As a result of committing to certain capital investments and employment levels, income from operations in China, Singapore 
and Israel are subject to reduced tax rates, and in some cases are wholly exempt from taxes.   

In China, we expect to benefit from a 100% tax holiday for five years commencing in the first year in which the Company 
earns  taxable  income  and  then  a  50%  tax  holiday  for  an  additional  five  years.  In  addition,  the  company  is  also  benefiting 
from  a  100%  perpetual  tax  holiday  in  its  local  jurisdiction.  In  connection  with  certain  Singapore  operations,  we  expect  to 

76 

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
              
              
       
       
         
         
benefit from a 100% tax holiday for 10 years effective February 1, 2000. In Israel, we expect to benefit from a reduced tax 
rate of 10% through fiscal 2008.  As a result of these tax holidays, the Company has received tax benefits of approximately 
$10 million from fiscal 2002 through fiscal 2004.  

NOTE 13:  SEGMENT INFORMATION 

The Company evaluates performance of its segments and allocates resources to them based on income from operations before 
interest, allocations of corporate expenses and income taxes. 

The Company operates primarily in three industry segments: equipment, packaging materials, and test interconnect solutions.  
The  equipment  business  segment  designs,  manufactures  and  markets  capital  equipment  and  related  spare  parts  for  use  in  the 
semiconductor assembly process. The equipment segment also services, maintains, repairs and upgrades assembly equipment. 
The packaging materials business segment designs, manufactures and markets consumable packaging materials for use on the 
equipment  the  Company  markets  as  well  as  on  competitors’  equipment.  The  packaging  materials  products  have  different 
manufacturing processes, distribution channels and a less volatile revenue pattern than the Company's capital equipment. The 
test interconnect business segment was established in fiscal 2001, following the acquisitions of Cerprobe and Probe Tech.  The 
business  provides  a  broad  range  of  products  used  to  test  semiconductors  during  wafer  fabrication  and  after  they  have  been 
assembled and packaged.  

The table below presents information about reported segments: 

Fiscal Year Ended
September 30, 2004

Net revenue
Cost of sales

Gross profit
Operating costs
Resizing 
Asset impairment
Gain on sale of assets

Equipment
Segment

Packaging
Materials
Segment

(in thousands)

Test
Segment

Corporate,
Other and
Eliminations

Consolidated

$        

361,244
208,862

$           

234,690
182,658

$         

121,877
95,286

-
$                 
-

$              

717,811
486,806

152,382
59,071
-
-
-

52,032
22,171
-
-
(229)

26,591
44,899
-
3,293
(85)

-
18,717
(68)
-
(709)

231,005
144,858
(68)
3,293
(1,023)

Income (loss) from operations

$          

93,311

$             

30,090

$         

(21,516)

$          

(17,940)

$                

83,945

Segment Assets
Captial Expenditures
Depreciation expense

$          

87,771
3,583
5,404

$           

122,106
2,974
3,239

$         

163,197
3,556
7,476

$          

114,618
3,292
3,663

$              

487,692
13,405
19,782

77 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
          
             
             
                   
                
          
               
             
                   
                
            
               
             
              
                
                  
                     
                  
                   
                        
                  
                     
               
                   
                    
                  
                   
                  
                 
                   
              
                 
               
                
                  
              
                 
               
                
                  
Fiscal Year Ended
September 30, 2003

Net revenue
Cost of sales

Gross profit
Operating costs
Resizing 
Asset impairment
Loss on sale of product line

Equipment
Segment

Packaging
Materials
Segment

(in thousands)

Test
Segment

Corporate,
Other and
Eliminations

Consolidated

$        

198,447
129,092

$           

174,471
132,779

$         

104,882
87,856

$                 
135
-

$              

477,935
349,727

69,355
67,490
(175)
17
4,346

41,692
25,408
(20)
385
911

17,026
41,223
(103)
3,098
-

135
15,587
(177)
129
-

128,208
149,708
(475)
3,629
5,257

Income (loss) from operations

$           

(2,323)

$             

15,008

$         

(27,192)

$          

(15,404)

$               

(29,911)

Segment Assets
Captial Expenditures
Depreciation expense

Fiscal Year Ended
September 30, 2002

Net revenue
Cost of sales

Gross profit
Operating costs
Resizing 
Asset impairment
Goodwill impairment

$          

86,650
1,433
7,797

$             

94,466
4,604
5,879

$         

166,467
4,067
9,038

$            

95,278
871
4,045

$              

442,861
10,975
26,759

Equipment
Segment

Packaging
Materials
Segment

Test
Segment

Corporate,
Other and
Eliminations

Consolidated

$        

169,469
142,965

$           

157,176
118,080

$         

114,698
79,686

$                 

222
14

$              

441,565
340,745

26,504
85,020
4,781
2,165
-

39,096
27,242
167
2,874
2,295

35,012
52,117
4,715
1,245
72,000

208
32,468
9,105
25,310

100,820
196,847
18,768
31,594
74,295

Income (loss) from operations

$         

(65,462)

$               

6,518

$         

(95,065)

$          

(66,675)

$             

(220,684)

Segment Assets
Captial Expenditures
Depreciation expense

$        

119,831
5,237
8,898

$             

87,689
6,020
5,564

$         

175,480
1,452
10,210

$          

155,682
7,676
7,671

$              

538,682
20,385
32,343

Intersegment sales are immaterial. Operating expenses identified as Corporate, Other and Eliminations consist entirely of corporate 
expenses. Assets identified as Corporate, Other and Eliminations consist of all cash and short-term investments of the Company and 
corporate income tax assets. 

78 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
          
             
             
                   
                
            
               
             
                   
                
            
               
             
              
                
                
                     
                
                 
                      
                   
                    
               
                   
                    
              
                    
                  
                   
                    
              
                 
               
                   
                  
              
                 
               
                
                  
          
             
             
                     
                
            
               
             
                   
                
            
               
             
              
                
              
                    
               
                
                  
              
                 
               
              
                  
                  
                 
             
                  
              
                 
               
                
                  
              
                 
             
                
                  
The Company's market for its products is worldwide. The table below presents destination sales to unaffiliated customers and long-
lived assets by country: 

Fiscal year ended September 30, 2004

                          (in thousands)

Destination
Sales    

Long-Lived
 Assets(1)

$          

$              

Taiwan            
United States       
Malaysia          
Korea
Singapore         
China
Japan
Hong Kong
Philippines
Israel
All other           

Taiwan            
United States       
Malaysia          
Singapore         
Korea
Japan
Philippines
Hong Kong
China
Israel
All other           

United States       
Taiwan            
Malaysia          
Singapore         
Korea
Japan
Philippines
Hong Kong
Israel
All other           

Fiscal year ended September 30, 2003

Destination
Sales    

Long-Lived
 Assets(1)

$          

$          

$            

$          

$          

$          

Fiscal year ended September 30, 2002

Destination
Sales    

Long-Lived
 Assets(1)

$          

$          

181,374
100,657
91,323
70,790
70,453
36,612
35,190
23,117
21,086
1,553
85,656
717,811

97,378
94,790
59,641
46,389
40,933
24,107
19,870
15,060
13,296
2,641
63,830
477,935

115,133
110,962
45,923
40,389
17,846
17,294
15,167
11,222
3,135
64,494
441,565

1,505
167,077
9
26
8,619
5,065
264
12
7
7,055
3,352
192,991

1,823
181,589
9
9,066
5
497
2
23
4,765
7,316
3,832
208,927

221,624
2,198
31
11,366
10
846
16
40
11,054
5,173
252,358

$          

$          

(1) Goodwill, Intangible Assets and Property, Plant and Equipment, net. 

79 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
            
            
              
                       
              
                     
              
                
              
                
              
                   
              
                     
              
                       
                
                
              
                
              
                
 
              
                       
              
                
              
                       
              
                   
              
                       
              
                     
              
                
                
                
              
                
 
            
                
              
                     
              
              
              
                     
              
                   
              
                     
              
                     
                
              
              
                
NOTE 14:  OTHER FINANCIAL DATA 

In fiscal 2004, the Company recorded in Selling General and Administrative expenses a variable expense of $10.3 million for 
incentive compensation. The Company recorded no incentive compensation expense in fiscal 2003 or 2002.  Maintenance and 
repairs expense totaled $3.7 million, $3.6 million and $4.2 million for fiscal 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. Warranty and 
retrofit expense was $3.1 million, $2.5 million and $3.4 million for fiscal 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.  Rent expense for 
fiscal 2004, 2003 and 2002 was  $7.6 million, $11.2 million and  $11.6 million, respectively. 

The  Company  recorded  other  income  of  $2.0  million  in  fiscal  2002  as  the  result  of  a  cash  settlement  of  an  insurance  claim 
associated with a fire in the Company’s expendable tool facility. 

NOTE 15: EARNINGS PER SHARE 

Basic  net  income  (loss)  per  share  (“EPS”)  is  calculated  using  the  weighted  average  number  of  shares  of  common  stock 
outstanding during the period. The calculation of diluted net income (loss) per share assumes the exercise of stock options 
and the conversion of convertible securities to common shares unless the inclusion of these will have an anti-dilutive impact 
on  net  income  (loss)  per  share.  In  addition,  in  computing  diluted  net  income  (loss)  per  share,  if  convertible  securities  are 
assumed to be converted to common shares, the after-tax amount of interest expense recognized in the period associated with 
the convertible securities is added back to net income. In the fiscal 2004, $5.2 million of after-tax interest expense, related to 
the  convertible  subordinated  notes,  was  added  to  the  Company’s  net  income  to  determine  the  numerator  for  the  diluted 
earnings per share calculation. In fiscal 2002 and 2003, the exercise of stock options and the conversion of the convertible 
subordinated notes were not assumed since their conversion to common shares would have an anti-dilutive effect due to the 
Company’s net loss position. 

A reconciliation of weighted average shares outstanding – basic to the weighted average shares outstanding-diluted appears 
below: 

Weighted average shares outstanding - Basic
Potentially dilutive securities:
  Stock options
  1 % Convertible subordinated notes
  1/2% Convertible subordinated notes
  5 1/4% Convertible subordinated notes
  4 3/4 % Convertible sunordinated notes

(shares in thousands) 
Fiscal Year Ended September 30,

2002

49,217

2003

49,695

*
NA
NA
*
*

*
NA
NA
*
*

2004

50,746

1,418
1,286
8,509
4,806
1,817

Weighted average shares outstanding - Diluted

49,217

49,695

68,582

*     Due to the Company’s net loss in fiscal 2002 and 2003, potentially dilutive securities were deemed to be anti-dilutive for 
the periods. The weighted average number of shares for potentially dilutive securities (convertible notes and employee 
and director stock options) for fiscal 2002 and 2003 was 15.2 million and 14.9 million, respectively. 

NOTE 16:  GUARANTOR OBLIGATIONS, COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENCIES AND CONCENTRATIONS 

Guarantor Obligations 

The Company has issued standby letters of credit for employee benefit programs, a facility lease, a customs bond and its wire 
subsidiary has issued a guarantee for payment under its gold supply financing arrangement. The guarantee for the gold supply 
financing arrangement is secured by the assets of the Company’s wire manufacturing subsidiary and contains restrictions on 

80 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
       
       
       
       
       
   
   
     
that  subsidiary’s  net  worth,  ratio  of  total  liabilities  to  net  worth,  ratio  of  EBITDA  to  interest  expense  and  ratio  of  current 
assets to current liabilities. 

The table below identifies the guarantees under the standby letters of credit as of September 30, 2004: 

Nature of guarantee

Security for the Company's gold financing arrangement
Security deposit for payment of  employee health benefits
Security deposit for payment of employee worker 
  compensation benefits
Security deposit for a facility lease
Security deposit for customs bond

Term of guarantee

Expires June 2006
Expires June 2005

Expires July and October 2005
Expires July 2005
Expires July 2005

     (in thousands)
Maximum obligation  
 under guarantee

$  

17,000
1,710

984
300
100
20,094

$  

The  Company’s  products  are  generally  shipped  with  a  one-year  warranty  against  manufacturing  defects  and  the  Company 
does  not  offer  extended  warranties  in  the  normal  course  of  its  business.  The  Company  establishes  reserves  for  estimated 
warranty expense when revenue for the related product is recognized. The reserve for estimated warranty expense is based 
upon historical experience and management estimates of future expenses. 

The  table  below  details  the  activity  related  to  the  Company’s  reserve  for  product  warranties  which  is  included  in  accrued 
expenses in the balance sheet at September 30, 2004: 

(in thousands)
September 30,

2003

2004

Reserve for product warranty at beginning of year
Provision for product warranty 
Product warranty
Reserve for product warranty at end of year

Commitments and Contingencies  

$          

$       

837
2,477
(2,306)
1,008

$      

1,008
3,092
(3,144)
956

$         

The Company orders inventory components in the normal course of its business. A portion of these orders are non-cancelable 
and a portion have varying penalties and charges in the event of cancellation. The total amount of the Company’s inventory 
purchase commitments, which do not appear on its balance sheet, as of September 30, 2004 was $40.1 million. If business 
conditions  were  to  change  and  the  Company  was  unable  to  cancel  purchase  commitments  without  penalty  or  payment  its 
financial condition and operating results could be adversely affected. 

In September 2004, the tax authority in Singapore notified the Company that it believes Goods and Services Tax (“GST”) in the 
amount of $3.3 million is owed on the return of gold scrap to the Company’s former gold supplier over the period from 1998 to 
2004.  The Company does not agree with this assessment and has filed an objection.  In event the Company is unsuccessful in its 
appeal, the Company believes it will recover the cost from its former gold supplier. Considering these intentions, no accrual for 
this contingency has been included in the Company’s financial statements. The Company believes that resolution of this matter 
may take two to three years.  

The  Company  has  obligations  under  various  operating  leases,  primarily  for  manufacturing  and  office  facilities,  which  expire 
periodically  through  2012.  Minimum  rental  commitments  under  these  leases  (excluding  taxes,  insurance,  maintenance  and 
repairs,  which  are  also  paid  by  the  Company),  are  as  follows:    $8.6  million  in  fiscal  2005;  $5.8  million  in  fiscal  2006;  $3.8 
million in fiscal 2007; $2.8 million in fiscal 2008; $2.5 million in 2009 and $10.6 million thereafter. 

81 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
         
         
         
         
         
        
       
                               
From  time  to  time,  third  parties  assert  that  the  Company  is,  or  may  be,  infringing  or  misappropriating  their  intellectual 
property rights. In such cases, the Company will defend against claims or negotiate licenses where considered appropriate. In 
addition,  some  of  the  Company’s  customers  are  parties  to  litigation  brought  by  the  Lemelson  Medical,  Education  and 
Research  Foundation  Limited  Partnership  (the  “Lemelson  Foundation”),  in  which  the  Lemelson  Foundation  claims  that 
certain manufacturing processes used by those customers infringe patents held by the Lemelson Foundation. The Company 
has never been named a party to any such litigation. Some customers have requested that the Company indemnify them to the 
extent  their  liability  for  these  claims  arises  from  use  of  the  Company’s  equipment.  The  Company  does  not  believe  that 
products  sold  by  it  infringe  valid  Lemelson  patents.  If  a  claim  for  contribution  was  brought  against  the  Company,  the 
Company believes it would have valid defenses to assert and also would have rights to contribution and claims against the 
Company’s suppliers. The Company has not incurred any material liability with respect to the Lemelson claims or any other 
pending intellectual property claim and the Company does not believe that these claims will materially and adversely affect 
the  Company’s  business,  financial  condition  or  operating  results.  The  ultimate  outcome  of  any  infringement  or 
misappropriation claim that might be made, however, is uncertain and the Company cannot assure you that the resolution of 
any such claim will not materially and adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition and operating results. 

Concentrations 

Sales  to  a  relatively  small  number  of  customers  account  for  a  significant  percentage  of  the  Company's  net  sales.  In  fiscal 
2004 and 2003, sales to Advanced Semiconductor Engineering accounted for 17% and 13%, respectively, of the Company’s 
net sales.  The Company expects that sales of its products to a limited number of customers will continue to account for a 
high  percentage  of  net  sales  for  the  foreseeable  future.  At  September  30,  2004  and  2003,  Advanced  Semiconductor 
Engineering accounted for 16% and 10%, respectively, of total accounts receivable. No other customer accounted for more 
than 10% of  total  accounts  receivable  at  September  30, 2004  and  2003. The  reduction  or  loss of  orders from  a  significant 
customer could adversely affect the Company's business, financial condition, operating results and cash flows. 

The  Company  relies  on  subcontractors  to  manufacture  to  the  Company's  specifications  many  of  the  components  or  
subassemblies  used  in  its  products.  Certain  of  the  Company's  products  require  components  or  parts  of  an  exceptionally  high 
degree  of  reliability,  accuracy  and  performance  for  which  there  are  only  a  limited  number  of  suppliers  or  for  which  a  single 
supplier has been accepted by the Company as a qualified supplier. If supplies of such components or subassemblies were not 
available from any such source and a relationship with an alternative supplier could not be promptly developed, shipments of the 
Company's products could be interrupted and re-engineering of the affected product could be required. Such disruptions could 
have a material adverse effect on the Company's results of operations. 

82 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 17:  SELECTED  QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (unaudited) 

Financial information pertaining to quarterly results of operations follows:  

Fiscal Year ended September 30, 2004:

Net sales
Gross profit

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

First 
 Quarter

Second 
 Quarter

$    

153,869
47,362

$    

221,771
76,534

Third 
Quarter 

$   

194,628
65,072

Fourth  
 Quarter 

$    

147,543
42,037

   Total    

$     

717,811
231,005

Income from operations(1)(2)

12,155

34,409

29,299

Income from operations before income taxes
Provision for income tax                                     
Income (loss) from discontinued FCT operations, 
net of tax
Loss on sale of FCT operations

1,778
1,350

319
-

31,662
1,410

(751)
(380)

25,558
2,877

-
-

8,082

5,080
1,749

-
-

83,945

64,078
7,386

(432)
(380)

Net income

$          

747

$     

29,121

$    

22,681

$        

3,331

$      

55,880

Net income per share:    
  Basic
  Diluted 

Fiscal Year ended September 30, 2003:

Net sales
Gross profit

$          
$          

0.01
0.01

$          
$          

0.58
0.44

$         
$         

0.45
0.35

$          
$          

0.07
0.05

$           
$           

1.10
0.89

First 
 Quarter

Second 
 Quarter

$    

107,259
28,637

$    

122,280
34,231

Third 
Quarter 

$   

123,782
32,103

Fourth  
 Quarter 

$    

124,614
33,237

   Total    

$     

477,935
128,208

Loss from operations(1)(2)

(9,696)

(8,079)

(4,105)

(8,031)

(29,911)

Loss from operations before income taxes
Provision (benefit) for income tax                         
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

(13,705)
1,026
(2,924)

(12,314)
3,318
(3,659)

(8,279)
1,350
(1,723)

(12,104)
1,900
(14,387)

(46,402)
7,594
(22,693)

Net loss

Net loss per share:    
  Basic
  Diluted 

$   

(17,655)

$   

(19,291)

$   

(11,352)

$     

(28,391)

$     

(76,689)

$        
$        

(0.36)
(0.36)

$        
$        

(0.39)
(0.39)

$        
$        

(0.23)
(0.23)

$         
$         

(0.57)
(0.57)

$          
$          

(1.54)
(1.54)

(1)  Represents net sales less costs and expenses but before net interest expense and other income. 

(2)  Results for fiscal 2004 include: a reversal of prior year resizing charges in the second quarter of $68 thousand (See Note 3);  
asset impairment charge(reversal) in the second quarter of $3.3 million (See Note 4); severance associated with workforce 
reductions in our continuing businesses in the first, second, and fourth quarters of $600 thousand, $3.3 million, and $700 
thousand, respectively; and inventory write-downs in the second quarter of $1.5 million. 

Results for fiscal 2003 include: a reversal of prior year resizing charges in the first and fourth quarters of $205 thousand and 
$270 thousand, respectively (See Note 3);  asset impairment charges(reversals) in the first, second, third and fourth quarters 
of  $(121)  thousand,  $1.7  million,  $1.2  million  and  $830  thousand,  respectively  (See  Note  4);  severance  associated  with 
workforce reductions in our continuing businesses in the first, second, third and fourth quarters of $1.6 million, $2.6 million, 
$1.0 million and $400 thousand, respectively; and inventory write-downs in the second, third and fourth quarters of $1.0 
million, $3.2 million and $900 thousand, respectively; and a loss on the sale of product lines of $5.3 million. 

83 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
        
        
       
        
       
        
        
       
          
         
          
        
       
          
         
          
          
         
          
           
             
           
             
              
             
             
           
             
              
             
        
        
       
        
       
        
        
        
         
        
      
      
        
       
        
          
          
         
          
           
        
        
        
       
        
18:   SUBSEQUENT EVENT (unaudited) 

Sales of land and building: 

On November 16, 2004, the Company sold land and a building for $11.2 million. This sale will result in a pre-tax gain of 
approximately  $4.6  million,  which  will  be  amortized  over  the  eighteen  month  life  of  a  new  lease  the  Company  signed  to 
occupy the sold facility. Future lease payments of $1.2 million and $0.6 million are expected to be made in fiscal 2005 and 
2006, respectively, for an aggregate of $1.8 million. 

Scotland test facility:  

On November 30, 2004, the Company announced to the employees of its East Kilbride, Scotland test facility (“Facility”) that 
the Company is considering closing the Facility.  For competitive reasons, the Company has been reducing its manufacturing 
capacity in the U.S. and Europe for several years, while expanding its manufacturing in Asia. 

Local labor laws and regulations provide for discussions between the Company and employee representatives at the Facility 
within the next six weeks in order to explore alternatives to closure.  The Company has not finally determined to close the 
Facility but, if the Facility is closed, the Company expects to incur a charge related to severance costs for approximately 38 
employees and asset impairments.  

Item 9.   CHANGES  IN  AND  DISAGREEMENTS  WITH  ACCOUNTANTS  ON  ACCOUNTING  AND  FINANCIAL  

DISCLOSURE. 

None. 

Item 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.  

Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures  

Based on their evaluation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) 
under  the  Exchange  Act),  the  Company’s  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  have  concluded  that  as  of 
September 30, 2004, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were designed to ensure that information required to 
be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated 
to  allow  management  as  appropriate  to  allow  timely  decisions  regarding  required  disclosure  and  is  recorded,  processed, 
summarized  and  reported  within  the  time  periods  specified  in  the SEC’s  rules  and forms  and  are operating  in  an  effective 
manner.  

Changes in internal controls  

There was not any change in the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting that occurred during the quarter ended 
September 30, 2004 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s  internal control 
over financial reporting.  

Item 9B. OTHER INFORMATION. 

None. 

84 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART III 

Item 10.  DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE  OFFICERS  OF THE REGISTRANT. 

Information required hereunder with respect to the directors will appear under the heading "ELECTION OF DIRECTORS" in 
the Company's Proxy Statement for the 2005 Annual Meeting, which information is incorporated herein by reference. 

The information required by Item 401(b) of Regulation S-K appears at the end of Part I, Item 1 of this report under the heading 
"Executive Officers of the Company." 

The information required by Item 406 of Regulation S-K will appear under the heading “OTHER MATTERS” in the Company’s 
Proxy Statement for the 2005 Annual Meeting, which information is incorporated herein by reference.  

Item 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION. 

The information required hereunder will appear under the heading "ADDITIONAL INFORMATION" in the Company's Proxy 
Statement for the 2005 Annual Meeting, which information is incorporated herein by reference. 

Item 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED 

STOCKHOLDER MATTERS. 

The  information  required hereunder  concerning  security  ownership of  certain  beneficial  owners  and  management  will  appear 
under  the  heading  "ELECTION  OF  DIRECTORS"  in  the  Company's  Proxy  Statement  for  the  2005 Annual  Meeting,  which 
information is incorporated herein by reference. 

Equity Compensation Plans  

The following table summarizes our equity compensation plans as of September 30, 2004:    

                                                                                                                 (share amounts in thousands)

Number of securities
to be issued upon exercise
of outstanding options,
warrants and rights

Weighted-average
exercise price of 
outstanding options, 
warrants and rights

Number of securities
remaining available for 
future issuance under equity
compensation plans

Equity compensation plans
approved by security holders

Equity compensation plans
not approved by security 
holders

Total

7,281

$11.54

1,389

8,670

$9.11

$11.15

3,662

865

4,527

The Company's 1999 Nonqualified Employee Stock Option Plan is the only equity compensation plan of the Company not 
approved by shareholders.  This plan was approved by the Board of Directors on September 28, 1999 and only employees of 
the  Company  and  its  subsidiaries  who  are  not  directors  or  officers  are  eligible  to  receive  options.    The  Compensation 
Committee of the Board administers the plan.  The exercise price of options granted under this plan is equal to 100% of the 
fair market value of the Company's Common Stock on the date of grant.   

85 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                        
                                          
                                        
                                             
                                        
                                          
Item 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS. 

The information required hereunder will appear under the heading "ADDITIONAL INFORMATION" in the Company's Proxy 
Statement for the 2005 Annual Meeting, which information is incorporated herein by reference. 

Item 14.  PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES. 

The information required hereunder will appear under the heading "AUDIT AND RELATED FEES” in the Company's Proxy 
Statement for the 2005 Annual Meeting, which information is incorporated herein by reference. 

Part IV 

Item 15.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES. 

(a)  The following documents are filed as part of this report: 

(1)   Financial Statements - Kulicke and Soffa Industries, Inc.: 

        Report of Independent Auditors  
        Consolidated Balance Sheets at September 30, 2004 and 2003 
        Consolidated Statements of Operations for the fiscal years  

        ended September 30, 2004, 2003 and 2002 

        Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the fiscal years  

        ended September 30, 2004, 2003 and 2002 

        Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity  

        for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2004, 2003 and 2002 

        Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

(2)  Financial Statement Schedules: 

II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts 

53   
54   

55   

56 

57   
      58-84 

89   

All other schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is shown in the  
financial statements or notes thereto. 

(3)  Exhibits: 

EXHIBIT  
NUMBER  
2(i)  

2(ii)  

3(i)  

3(ii)  

4(i)  

ITEM    

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of October 11, 2000, by and among Kulicke and Soffa Industries, 
Inc., Cardinal Merger Sub., Inc. and Cerprobe Corporation is incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 
D(1) to the Company’s Form TO filed on October 25, 2000.  
Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 6, 2004, between Flip Chip International, LLC and Flip 
Chip Technologies, LLC, filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended 
March 31, 2004, is incorporated herein by reference.  
The  Company’s  Form  of  Amended  and  Restated  Articles  of  Incorporation  dated  June  14,  2002,  filed  as 
Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2002, 
is incorporated herein by reference.  
The  Company’s  By-Laws,  as  amended  and  restated  on  June  26,  1990,  filed  as  Exhibit  3.(ii)  to  the 
Company’s Form 8-A12G/A dated September 11, 1995, SEC file No. 000-00121, are incorporated herein 
by reference.  
Specimen  Common  Share  Certificate  of  Kulicke  and  Soffa  Industries,  Inc.,  filed  as  Exhibit  4  to  the 
Company’s  Form  8-A12G/A  dated  September  11,  1995,  SEC  file  number  000-00121,  is  incorporated 
herein by reference.  

86 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4(ii)  

4(iii)  

4(iv)  

4(v)  

10(i)  

10(ii)  

10(iii)  

10(iv) 

10(v)  

10(vi)  

10(vii) 

10(viii)  

10(ix)  

10(x) 

10(xi) 

10(xii) 

10(xiii)  

Indenture dated as of November 26, 2003 between the Company and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National 
Association,  as  Trustee,  filed  as  Exhibit  4.1  to  the  Company’s  Form  8-K  dated  December  5,  2003,  is 
incorporated herein by reference.  
Registration Rights Agreement dated as of November 26, 2003, between the Company and Deutsche Bank 
Securities  Inc.  as  Initial  Purchaser,  filed  as  Exhibit  4.2  to  the  Company’s  Form  8-K  dated  December  5, 
2003, is incorporated herein by reference.  
Indenture  dated  as  of  June  30,  2004  between  the  Company  and  J.P.  Morgan  Trust  Company,  National 
Association,  as  Trustee,  filed  as  Exhibit  4.1  to  the  Company’s  quarterly  report  on  Form  10-Q  for  the 
quarterly period ended June 30, 2004, is incorporated herein by reference.  
Registration Rights Agreement dated as of June 30, 2004, between the Company and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, 
Fenner & Smith Incorporated, as Initial Purchaser, filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s quarterly report 
on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2004, is incorporated herein by reference.  
The  Company’s  1988  Employee  Incentive  Stock  Option  and  Non-Qualified  Stock  Option  Plan  (as 
amended and restated effective March 21, 2003), filed as Exhibit 10(i) to the Company’s Annual Report on 
Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2003 is incorporated herein by reference.*  
The  Company’s  1988  Non-Qualified  Stock  Option  Plan  for  Non-Officer  Directors  (as  amended  and 
restated effective February 9, 1999), filed as Exhibit 10(vi) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-
K for the year ended September 30, 1999, is incorporated by reference.*  
The  Company’s  1994  Employee  Incentive  Stock  Option  and  Non-Qualified  Stock  Option  Plan  (as 
amended and restated effective March 21, 2003), filed as Exhibit 10(iii) to the Company’s Annual Report 
on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2003 is incorporated herein by reference.*  
2004  Israeli  Addendum  to  the  Company’s  1994  Employee  Incentive  Stock  Option  and  Non-Qualified 
Stock  Option  Plan  (as  amended  and  restated  effective  March  21,  2003),  filed  as  Exhibit  10(iv)  to  the 
Company’s Post-Effective Amendment No.4 on Form S-1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-3 filed 
December 14, 2004, is incorporated herein by reference.* 
The  Company’s  1997  Non-Qualified  Stock  Option  Plan  for  Non-Employee  Directors  (as  amended  and 
restated effective March 21, 2003), filed as Exhibit 10(vi) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K 
for the year ended September 30, 2003 is incorporated herein by reference.*  
The  Company’s  1998  Employee  Incentive  Stock  Option  and  Non-Qualified  Stock  Option  Plan  (as 
amended and restated effective March 21, 2003), filed as Exhibit 10(ix) to the Company’s Annual Report 
on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2003 is incorporated herein by reference.*  
2004  Israeli  Addendum  to  the  Company’s  1998  Employee  Incentive  Stock  Option  and  Non-Qualified 
Stock  Option  Plan  (as  amended  and  restated  effective  March  21,  2003),  filed  as  Exhibit  10(vii)  to  the 
Company’s Post-Effective Amendment No.4 on Form S-1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-3 filed 
December 14, 2004, is incorporated herein by reference.* 
The Company’s 1999 Nonqualified Employee Stock Option Plan (as amended and restated effective March 
21,  2003),  filed  as  Exhibit  10(xv)  to  the  Company’s  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended 
September 30, 2003 is incorporated herein by reference.*  
2004 Israeli Addendum to the Company’s 1999 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan (as amended and restated 
effective March 21, 2003), filed as Exhibit 10(ix) to the Company’s Post-Effective Amendment No.4 on 
Form S-1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-3 filed December 14, 2004, is incorporated herein by 
reference.* 
Form of Termination of Employment Agreement signed by Mr. Kulicke (Section 2(a) - 30 months), and 
Messrs. Carson, Jacobi, Lendner, Salmons, Sawachi, Belani, Griffing, Chylak, Cristallo, Torton, Amweg, 
Anderson, Hartigan, Mak, Rheault, Perchick and Beatson (Section 2(a) - 18 months), filed as Exhibit 10(a) 
to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended December 31, 2000, is 
incorporated herein by reference.* 
The  Company’s  2001  Employee  Incentive  Stock  Option  and  Non-Qualified  Stock  Option  Plan  (as 
amended and restated effective March 21, 2003), filed as Exhibit 10(xix) to the Company’s Annual Report 
on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2003 is incorporated herein by reference.* 
2004  Israeli  Addendum  to  the  Company’s  2001  Employee  Incentive  Stock  Option  and  Non-Qualified 
Stock  Option  Plan  (as  amended  and  restated  effective  March  21,  2003),  filed  as  Exhibit  10(xii)  to  the 
Company’s Post-Effective Amendment No.4 on Form S-1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-3 filed 
December 14, 2004, is incorporated herein by reference.* 
The Company’s Officer Incentive Compensation Plan, effective October 1, 2003, filed as Exhibit 10.1 to 

87 

 
 
10(xiv)  

10(xv)(1)  

10(xvi)  

10(xvii)  

10(xviii)  

21  

23 
31.1 

31.2 

32.1 

32.2 

*  
(1) 

the  Company’s  Quarterly  Report  on  Form  10-Q  for  the  quarterly  period  ended  December  31,  2003,  is 
incorporated herein by reference.*  
 First Amendment to the Company’s Officer Incentive Compensation Plan, effective October 1, 2003, filed
as  Exhibit  10(x)  to  the  Company’s  Registration  Statement  on  Form  S-1  filed  September  30,  2004  is 
incorporated herein by reference.*  
 Sale  and  Buyback  of  Fine  Metal  Agreement  dated  June  21,  2004  between  Kulicke  &  Soffa  (SEA)  PTE
LTD and AGR Matthey, filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the 
quarterly period ended June 30, 2004 is incorporated herein by reference(1).  
 Guarantee Issuance Facility Agreement dated June 21, 2004 between Kulicke & Soffa (SEA) PTE LTD,
Natexis  Banques  Populaires,  Singapore  Branch  and  Arab  Bank  plc,  Singapore  Branch,  filed  as  Exhibit 
10.2  to  the  Company’s  Quarterly  Report  on  Form  10-Q  for  the  quarterly  period  ended  June  30,  2004  is 
incorporated herein by reference.  
 Debenture, incorporating Fixed and Floating Charges and Assignment of Insurances dated June 21, 2004 
between  Kulicke  &  Soffa  (SEA)  PTE  LTD  and Natexis Banques  Populaires,  Singapore  Branch,  filed  as
Exhibit  10.3  to  the  Company’s  Quarterly  Report  on  Form  10-Q  for  the  quarterly  period  ended  June  30, 
2004 is incorporated herein by reference.  
 Agreement to Sell and Purchase Real Estate, dated August 25, 2004, as amended on September 15, 2004,
between  the  Company  and  Good  Mac  Realty  Partners,  L.P.  ,  filed  as  Exhibit  10(xiv)  to  the  Company’s
Registration on Form S-1 filed September 30, 2004, is incorporated herein by reference. 
 Subsidiaries  of  the  Company,  filed  as  Exhibit  21  to  the  Company’s  Post-Effective  Amendment  No.4  on
Form S-1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-3 filed December 14, 2004, is incorporated herein by 
reference.  
 Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (Independent Accountants) 
 Certification of C. Scott Kulicke, Chief Executive Officer of Kulicke and Soffa Industries, Inc., pursuant
   to Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a).           
 Certification of Maurice E. Carson, Chief Financial Officer of Kulicke and Soffa Industries, Inc., pursuant
to Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a). 
 Certification of C. Scott Kulicke, Chief Executive Officer of Kulicke and Soffa Industries, Inc., pursuant to
18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 
 Certification of Maurice E. Carson, Chief Financial Officer of Kulicke and Soffa Industries, Inc., pursuant
to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

 Indicates a Management Contract or Compensatory Plan.  
 Portions of this exhibit have been omitted based on a request for confidential treatment submitted to the 
U.S.  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission.  The  omitted  portions  have  been  filed  separately  with  the
Commission. 

88 

 
 
 
  
 
KULICKE AND SOFFA INDUSTRIES, INC. 
Schedule II-Valuation and Qualifying Accounts 
(in thousands) 

Balance   
at beginning
of period

 Charged to
costs and 
expenses 

Other
Additions
(describe)  

Deductions
(describe)  

Balance  
at end   
of period 

Year ended September 30, 2002

Allowance for doubtful accounts

$         

6,242

$          

158

$           
-

$          

367

(1)

$           

6,033

Inventory reserve

$       

29,109

$     

14,362

$           
-

$     

18,624

(2)

$         

24,847

Valuation allowance for deferred taxes

$       

20,724

$     

66,025

(3)

$           
-

$           
-

$         

86,749

Year ended September 30, 2003

Allowance for doubtful accounts

$         

6,033

$          

519

$           
-

$          

623

(1)

$           

5,929

Inventory reserve

$       

24,847

$       

3,490

$      

(2,930)

(4)

$       

9,592

(2)

$         

15,815

Valuation allowance for deferred taxes

$       

86,749

$     

13,979

(3)

$           
-

$           
-

$       

100,728

Year ended September 30, 2004

Allowance for doubtful accounts

$         

5,929

$         

(850)

$           
-

$       

1,433

(1)

$           

3,646

Inventory reserve

$       

15,815

$       

3,566

$           
-

$       

6,264

(2)

$         

13,117

Valuation allowance for deferred taxes

$     

100,728

$    

(11,185)

(5)

$       

8,317

(6)

$           
-

$         

97,860

(1)  Bad debts written off. 
(2)  Disposal of excess and obsolete inventory. 
(3)  Reflects the increase in the valuation allowance associated with the Company’s U.S. net operating losses and tax credit 

carryforwards.  

(4)  Reflects the sales of the assets of the Company’s sawing and hub blades products lines. 
(5)  Reflects the decrease in the valuation allowance associated with the Company’s U.S. net operating losses. 
(6)  Reflects adjustment of cumulative timing differences. 

89 

 
 
 
 
 
                     
                     
                     
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly 
caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

SIGNATURES 

KULICKE AND SOFFA INDUSTRIES, INC. 

By:  /s/  C. SCOTT KULICKE           
             C. Scott Kulicke 
             Chairman of the Board and 
             Chief Executive Officer 

Dated:  December 14, 2004 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following 
persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

                 Signature                   

             Title                    

         Date______                                

 /s/  C. SCOTT KULICKE                    
      C. Scott Kulicke 
     (Principal Executive Officer) 

Chairman of the Board  
and Director 

December 14, 2004 

 /s/ MAURICE E.CARSON                   
      Maurice E. Carson 
     (Principal Financial and Accounting 
  Officer) 

Vice President and  
Chief Financial Officer 

December 14, 2004  

/s/ BRIAN R. BACHMAN_________                    
      Brian R. Bachman 

Director   

 /s/ PHILIP V. GERDINE_________                    
      Philip V. Gerdine 

Director   

/s/ JOHN A. O’STEEN                      
      John A. O'Steen                                       

Director   

 /s/ ALLISON F. PAGE                          
      Allison F. Page  

 /s/ MACDONELL ROEHM, JR.          
      MacDonell Roehm, Jr. 

/s/ BARRY WAITE                                
      Barry Waite 

 /s/ C. WILLIAM ZADEL                      
      C. William Zadel 

Director   

Director   

Director    

Director    

December 14, 2004 

December 14, 2004 

December 14, 2004 

December 14, 2004 

December 14, 2004 

December 14, 2004 

December 14, 2004 

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
COMPANY INFORMATION (12/13/2004) 

BOARD OF DIRECTORS 
C. Scott Kulicke 
Chairman of the Board 
Kulicke and Soffa Industries, Inc. 

Brian R. Bachman 
Private Investor 
Former CEO and Vice Chairman  
Axcelis Technologies, Inc. 

Philip V. Gerdine, Ph.D., C.P.A. 
Retired Executive Director 
Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 

John A. O’Steen 
Retired Executive Vice President, 
Business Development  
Cornerstone Brands, Inc. 

Allison F. Page 
Retired Partner 
Pepper Hamilton LLP 

MacDonell Roehm, Jr. 
Chairman and CEO 
Crooked Creek Capital LLC 

Barry Waite 
Retired President and CEO 
Chartered Semiconductor 

C. William Zadel 
Chairman and CEO 
Mykrolis Corporation 

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS 
C. Scott Kulicke 
Chairman of the Board and 
Chief Executive Officer 

Maurice E. Carson 
Vice President and CFO 

Charles Salmons  
Senior Vice President 

Jack G. Belani 
Vice President 

Bruce Griffing 
Vice President 

Oded Lendner 
Vice President 

EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURING 
FACILITIES  

Willow Grove, PA   
Singapore  

PACKAGING MATERIALS 
MANUFACTURING FACILITIES  

Yokneam Elite, Israel 
Suzhou, China 
Singapore  
Thalwil-Zurich, Switzerland 
Santa Clara, CA  

TEST INTERCONNECT 
MANUFACTURING FACILITIES 

Gilbert, AZ  
Hayward, CA 
San Jose, CA 
Corbeil, France 
East Kilbride, Scotland 
Hsin-Chu, Taiwan 
Singapore  
Suzhou, China 

K&S SALES OFFICES, SALES 
REPRESENTATIVES, DISTRIBUTORS, 
SERVICE LOCATIONS 

USA/Americas 
Alabama 
Arizona 
California 
Connecticut 
Florida 
Georgia 
Massachusetts  

Minnesota 
North Carolina 

  Oregon 
  Pennsylvania 
  Texas 
  Washington 

INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS 
PricewaterhouseCoopers, LLP 
Philadelphia, PA 

BANK 
Bank of America 
Chicago, Il 

REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT 
Common Stock 
American Stock Transfer  & Trust Co. 
59 Maiden Lane 
New York, NY  10007 
800-937-5449 

STOCK TRADING 
Traded on the NASDAQ 
National Market System 
Nasdaq Symbol – KLIC 

An electronic copy of the 2004 Annual 
Report, the 2005 Proxy Statement and 
other filings are available online at 
http://www.kns.com 

Copies of the Company’s 10Q’s, recent 
news releases and investor packages 
may be obtained by contacting: 

Investor Relations 
Kulicke & Soffa Industries, Inc. 
Phone:  215-784-6750 
Fax:  215-784-6167 
Or request information online at: 
http://www.kns.com/investors 

Europe/Africa 
Austria 
Belgium 
Czech Republic  
Denmark 
Finland 
France 
Germany 
Israel 
Italy 
Netherlands 

    Norway 
Poland 
Portugal 

    Russia 

Scotland 
South Africa 
Spain 
Sweden 
Switzerland 
    United Kingdom 

CORPORATE VICE PRESIDENTS 

Robert F. Amweg 
David Anderson 
David T. Beatson 
Peter P. Cristallo 
Jeffrey A. Hartigan 

Asia 
Australia 
China 
Hong Kong 
India 
Japan 

Korea 
Malaysia 
Philippines 
Singapore 
Taiwan 
Thailand 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2101 Blair Mill Road, Willow Grove, PA  19090, USA 
215-784-6000 phone   215-659-7588 fax 
www.kns.com